Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Distribution / Ferguson / FY2022 Annual Report

Ferguson
Annual Report 2022

FERG · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker FERG
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Ferguson
Loading PDF…
Together 
we build 
better.

Ferguson plc
Annual Report 2022

Ferguson Annual Report 2022

Together we build better

The builders we 
serve help transform 
the world we live in.  
We are their trusted 
partners with scale,  
products and 
solutions to provide 
peace of mind. 

Watch our video explaining how 
we help our customers transform 
the world we live in.

TOGETHER WE BUILD BETTER

Newport News waterworks, Virginia, U.S.

I

We do this 
through  
our 36,000 
associates…

Ferguson is a leading value-
added distributor in North America 
providing expertise, solutions 
and products from infrastructure, 
plumbing and appliances to HVAC, 
fire, fabrication and more. 

We are a project-success 
company empowered by our 
knowledgeable and tech-enabled 
associates. They go above and 
beyond every day to help make 
our customers’ complex projects 
simple, successful and sustainable.

We recruit, develop, engage and  
retain passionate people who build 
the relationships that are vital to  
our growth. 

Watch our video to discover why 
Ferguson’s associates are at the  
heart of our success.

FERGUSON ASSOCIATES

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterII

Sharing a clear 
purpose…

At Ferguson, we have a very 
distinctive culture anchored 
in customer service. We are 
a relationship business.

We are an integral part of both the 
repair, maintenance and improvement 
(RMI) and new construction end 
markets.

Together, we help build more than 
homes and office buildings. We help 
build relationships, trust, confidence 
and community. Our associates, with 
our customers, build the future and the 
world we all want.

Our purpose is to serve as a 
trusted supplier and partner 
to our customers, providing 
innovative products and 
solutions to help make their 
complex projects simple, 
successful and sustainable.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterIII

Ferguson Annual Report 2022

Together we build better

Leading a  
responsible business…

Our vision for sustainability begins 
with our internal responsibility—
our footprint. We are dedicated 
to minimizing the environmental 
impact of our operations and 
fostering a culture that is safe, 
inclusive, accepting and engaging 
for our associates. 

Beyond the scope of our 
operations, we are committed 
to driving sustainable product 
innovation and helping our 
customers achieve their 
sustainability goals—our handprint. 
Our people, expertise and position 
within the value chain create 
opportunities for our stakeholders 
to make a positive impact. 

Our ESG framework
Our Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
framework is approved by the Ferguson plc Board.  
It is carefully built from our priority ESG issues identified 
through our risk management and stakeholder 
priorities assessments. The framework comprises the 
key sustainability topics informing and influencing our 
business strategy and structures our overall vision for 
sustainability across three key pillars: Environmental, 
Social and Governance. 

vironmental

n
E

S

o

c

i

a

l

From our 
footprint…through 
a meaningful 
handprint, we 
help build a  
better world.

Governan c e

$2m+
granted to our associates  
in times of need through  
the Ferguson Family Fund  
(since inception)

10%+
net sales from sustainable  
products in fiscal year 2022*

Go to our website to read our latest ESG report.

*   Sustainable products defined as those that carry third-party certification  

such as Energy Star, WaterSense or Forest Stewardship Council.

IV

Serving a community 
of proud builders and 
partners…

We are well-positioned in the 
value chain. Our scale and global 
supply chain connects us with 
37,000 suppliers and enables us to 
deliver a broad range of products 
and services to over one million 
customers locally. We have an 
experienced and dedicated sourcing 
team and an extensive network 
that places us within 60 miles 
of 95 percent of our customers 
in North America. We also have 
an omnichannel experience that 
provides customers with 24/7 
access.

37k

Suppliers

5%

No supplier accounts 
for more than 5% of 
total cost of sales

CORE STRENGTHS

Our associates

Value-added solutions

Global supply chain

Omnichannel experience

1m+

Customers

1%

No single customer 
accounts for more than  
1% of revenue

36k

Associates

5,600

Fleet vehicles

50m ft²

Footprint

1m+

Products

1,700+

Branches

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterV

Offering 
customers leading 
value-added 
solutions…

We stay focused on the unique 
needs of our customers. Our value-
added solutions set us apart and  
are a key reason we build such  
long-term relationships. 

Our associates use technology every 
day to help drive productivity and 
deliver great customer experience. 
Additionally, our mobile app provides 
customers with a broad array of self-
service options including ordering, 
reserving inventory and geo-tracking 
of their orders. All our value-added 
solutions are designed to make our 
customers’ lives easier.

Sourcing 

– Extensive product  
breadth and depth

– Own brand

Sales  
channels

– Inside sales/
outside sales

– Sales centers

– Exclusive distribution

– Digital commerce

Customized 
solutions

Fulfillment 
options

After sales 
support

– Take-off

– Same-day delivery

– Warranty support 

– Value engineering

– Locker pick-up

– Credit

– Consultative approach 
to sustainability

– Pro pick-up

– Project-based billing

– Multiple 
delivery locations

– Project staging:  
just in time

– Direct shipment

– Returns

– Maintenance, repair and 
operations (MRO)

– Global 
sourcing capabilities

– Sourcing of  
non-stock items

– Sustainable products

– System-to-system

– Virtual design services

– Counter sales

– Showroom

– Code and  
standard expertise

– Bid and tender

– Fabrication

– Valve actuation

– Pre-assembly

– Kitting

– Installation services

– Project management

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterVI

Taking a balanced 
approach to growing 
fragmented markets…

Balanced market exposure

60%

RMI

Ferguson holds leading positions in large, highly 
fragmented markets that outgrow GDP over the long 
term. Not one market is dominated by a single distributor.

We have balanced exposure to attractive end markets 
between residential and non-residential as well as 
RMI and new construction. Our size, scale, product 
range, expertise, inventory availability and technology 
capabilities differentiate us and help us offer our 
customers a better level of service.

54%

Residential

40%

New construction

46%

Non-residential

Our positions in North American fragmented markets
Residential
Building and
Remodel   

12% current share
#1 market position

$33b
market

Waterworks

Commercial /
Mechanical

Fire & 
Fabrication 

Industrial

Residential 
Trade

Facilities 
Supply

HVAC

Residential 
Digital
Commerce

$28b
market

21% current share
#1 market position

$18b
market

21% current share
#1 market position

$4b
market

24% current share
#1 market position

$31b
market

6% current share
#2 market position

$34b
market

17% current share
#2 market position

$27b 
market

9% current share
#4 market position

$29b

revenue with a 

$340b

market opportunity.

$100b
market

1% current share
#3 market position

$70b
market

5% current share
#3 market position

Market size, market share, market position, residential/non-residential proportion and RMI/new construction proportion are approximates and derived from management estimates  
as of FY2022.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build better 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VII

Strengthened 
by additional 
acquisitions… 

15%

of current associates 
joined through acquisition

17

acquisitions in FY2022

~$750m

annualized revenue from 
these acquisitions

2.2%

annual revenue growth 
from acquisitions over last 
five years

We have a proven track record of successful 
acquisitions. The large, fragmented markets  
in which we operate comprise 10,000+ small 
to medium ($10-$300m revenue) independent 
companies, so the opportunity is vast. When 
we acquire geographic bolt-on and capability 
acquisitions, we are investing in people, new 
products and services and local relationships.  
All are underpinned by a good cultural fit. 

We then leverage our scale, market-leading 
capabilities and existing platform to maximize potential 
from our new associates and the acquired business. 

In FY2022, we made 17 acquisitions listed below:

*

*  In FY2022, the Company acquired two independent Safe Step tub dealers: Safe Step California;  

and Safe Step Canada and Pacific Northwest.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterVIII

And performed 
strongly in 2022…

Net sales

+25.3%

Adjusted  
Operating Profit*

+41.1%

Adjusted  
EPS — Diluted* 

+44.6%

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

$28.6b

$22.8b

$2,951m

$2,092m

$9.76

$6.75

*  This is a non-GAAP measure. See pages XI to XII for more information and a 

reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure.

** See page XII for more information on organic revenue growth.

This was an outstanding year for Ferguson. Our strong growth in revenue 
and adjusted operating profit* was a direct result of our associates’ 
ability to provide outstanding service and support through a consultative 
approach with our customers. Our associates continue to apply their deep 
understanding of customers’ needs and leverage our scale, value-added 
services, global supply chain and the best digital tools in the industry 
to help make our customers’ complex projects simple, successful and 
sustainable. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank each of our 
36,000 associates for their tireless efforts and dedication to doing what  
is best for our customers. Thank you.

Strong financial performance
We are incredibly proud to deliver another strong set of results amidst 
inflation and global supply chain disruption. Net sales increased 25.3%, to 
$28.6 billion (+23.5% on an organic basis**) against challenging prior year 
comparables. We continued to focus on pricing discipline, cost control and 
technology-driven productivity gains that enabled us to drive operating 
leverage through the year. Earnings growth continued to outpace revenue 
growth with adjusted operating profit* of $2,951 million, an increase of 
41.1% year-on-year. Our profit performance, coupled with the execution of 
our share repurchase program, drove adjusted diluted earnings per share* 
(EPS) growth of 44.6% to $9.76.

During the year we invested in inventory to ensure product availability 
for our customers in a period of supply chain disruption and support 
increased sales. These investments helped us accelerate market share 
growth. Our balance sheet remains strong with net debt to adjusted 
EBITDA* of 1.0 times as of July 31, 2022. We continue to target a net 
leverage range of 1 to 2 times, aiming to operate towards the lower 
end of that range to ensure we have capacity to take advantage of 
growth opportunities.

Why Ferguson?
Our North American customer groups (see page VI) have leading 
positions in large, growing and fragmented markets with over 75% of 
revenue coming from #1 or #2 market positions. These markets have 
historically grown above GDP and their long-term structural characteristics 
remain supportive. We have an intentional balance between these 
attractive end markets (see page VI) which continues to serve us well and 
creates resilience with a less cyclical and more robust business model. 
As such, Ferguson has a $29 billion leading position in an estimated 
$340 billion North American market.

Our business model enables us to connect 37,000 suppliers with more 
than one million customers, and our scale has continued to help us deliver 
consistent market outperformance. During the year, we leveraged the 
core strengths of our associates, value added solutions (see page IV), 
global supply chain and omnichannel experience to deliver value for 
our customers.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterIX

A responsible business
We are committed to making a difference through our work. We are proud 
to have released our first standalone Environmental, Sustainability and 
Governance (ESG) report titled “Building Influence. Delivering Impact” 
in June for FY2021 and a follow-up report in October for FY2022. 
The reports highlight our dedication to minimizing the environmental 
impact of our operations and how we foster a culture that is safe, inclusive 
and engaging for associates. It also showcases how our associates, 
expertise and position within the value chain create positive impact 
opportunities for our customers, suppliers and local communities 
as we help build a better world. You can access the report on our 
corporate website.

We continue to invest in all areas of health and safety and focus on 
understanding the root cause of injuries to implement relevant training 
and solutions to prevent further incidents. This year, we have put 
additional emphasis around the training of new associates as we continue 
to grow, building awareness of basic behaviors and stressing individual 
accountability. Our Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) increased from 1.94 
to 2.09 and lost time rate (LTR) remained consistent with FY2021. While we 
were disappointed that TRIR did not improve over the prior year, our New 
Onboarding Training Program, along with investments in ergonomic 
equipment, directly address the areas where we see the most injuries. 
We remain committed to becoming “First in Safety.”

A North American milestone
This year we achieved an important milestone when we transitioned 
our primary listing from the London Stock Exchange to the New York 
Stock Exchange on May 12, 2022. This transition aligned our listing 
structure with the geographic location of our operations, management 
team and associates. The move raises our profile as a recognized brand 
and gives exposure to what our associates bring to the North American 
market. It also provides Ferguson with access to the larger pool of U.S. 
domestic capital, positioning us well for future growth.

Our balanced business mix, agile business model and strong balance 
sheet enables us to outperform amidst inflation and global supply 
chain disruption, and position us well for the future. Our shareholders 
continue to see returns through dividends and share repurchases and 
our associates help make our customers’ complex projects simple, 
successful and sustainable. We are proud of our collective performance 
as Ferguson continues to focus on capturing more of the $340 billion 
market opportunity.

Kevin Murphy 
CEO

** See page XII for more information on organic revenue growth.

We continue to invest in the business to drive above-market organic 
growth and create value for our customers and shareholders in any 
macro-economic environment. On average, Ferguson has delivered U.S. 
organic revenue growth** of approximately 3.7% above the equivalent 
market growth over the last five years. This year we invested $290 million 
in capital expenditures, principally focused on the build-out of our 
market distribution centers, supply chain and technology capabilities. 
Our technology investments were focused on front-end customer facing 
solutions, which enable us to deliver a best-in-class customer experience. 
We also invested in back-office systems and tools to drive associate 
productivity and efficiencies throughout our business.

We supplement our organic growth by consolidating our fragmented 
markets through geographic bolt-on and capability acquisitions. 
Our competitor base is made up of over 10,000 mainly privately held 
small to medium size businesses and we continue to see attractive 
growth opportunities. This year, we invested $650 million in 17 
acquisitions that generated annualized revenues of approximately 
$750 million. Acquisitions additionally bring local relationships that help 
fuel future organic growth. Over the last five years, this has driven 2.2% 
incremental revenue growth and we continue to maintain a healthy 
acquisition pipeline.

The cash generative nature of our business funds our investments and 
supports our commitment to sustainably grow the ordinary dividend. 
In March 2022, the Board declared an interim dividend of $0.84 per share. 
Given the strong fiscal year results, a final dividend of $1.91 per share has 
been proposed. If approved by our shareholders, the dividend will be paid 
on December 8, 2022 for shareholders on the register on October 28, 
2022. The total dividend of $2.75 per share represents 15% growth over 
the prior year, reaffirming our commitment to this capital priority.

We also have a proven track record of returning capital to shareholders. 
Over the last decade we have returned more than $10 billion to 
shareholders through ordinary and special dividends and share 
repurchases, and this year is no different. Through the interim and 
proposed final dividend we will return over $0.5 billion to shareholders, 
and we completed $1.5 billion of our $2 billion share repurchase program. 
In FY2023, we also announced a further increase of $0.5 billion to the 
existing share repurchase program.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build better 
X

With a track record of outperformance...

Net sales

Adjusted operating profit*

Net sales are derived primarily from the sale of a broad range of products and solutions. 
Net sales excludes intra-group sales, estimated and actual sales returns, trade and early 
settlements and early settlement discounts, and sales taxes.

Adjusted operating profit is defined as net income from continuing operations, before net 
interest expense, income tax expense, other income, amortization of intangible assets 
and certain other non-GAAP adjustments.

$28,566m

$19,729m $19,940m

$22,792m

$18,184m

$2,951m

$2,092m

$1,539m

$1,587m

$1,420m

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

$28,566m

$2,951m

Net sales were 25.3% ahead of last year, 23.5% higher on an organic basis** with 
an additional 1.8% from acquisitions. Inflation during the year was approximately 
high teens.

Adjusted operating profit was 41.1%, or $859 million, ahead of last year due to strong 
sales growth and operating leverage.

Adjusted EPS — diluted*

Return on capital employed (ROCE)*

Adjusted diluted EPS is defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted 
average diluted shares outstanding. Adjusted net income is defined as net income from 
continuing operations before amortization of acquired intangible assets (net of tax) and 
certain other non-GAAP adjustments (net of tax), as well as before certain discrete, non-
recurring tax items.

ROCE is calculated as operating profit from continuing operations excluding certain 
non-recurring items (non-GAAP adjustments) and including impact of acquisition related 
intangible amortization divided by the average capital employed (shareholders’ equity 
and net debt).

$9.76

$6.75

$4.90

$5.04

40.4%

34.5%

29.4%

28.5%

$4.90

2019

$9.76

2020

2021

2022

2019

2020

2021

2022

40.4%

Adjusted diluted EPS was 44.6%, or $3.01, ahead of last year due to the strength 
of the profit performance through the year and the lower share count from share 
repurchases. Due to the Company’s conversion of historical data from IFRS to GAAP, 
the Company has not presented these metrics in 2018.

ROCE increased during the year as a result of the strong increase in profit during the 
year that outpaced the increase in average capital employed. Due to the Company’s 
conversion of historical data from IFRS to GAAP, the Company has not presented 
these metrics in 2018.

*   This is a non-GAAP measure. See pages XI to XII for more information and a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure.
** See page XII for more information on organic revenue growth. 

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build betterUNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2022
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 

1934

For the transition period from 

to

Commission File Number: 001-40066

Ferguson plc 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Jersey, Channel Islands

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

98-1499339

(I.R.S. Employer Identification 
Number)

1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, 
Berkshire, RG41 5TS, United Kingdom 
+44 (0) 118 927 3800
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive 
offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:
Ordinary Shares of 10 pence

Trading Symbol:
FERG

Name of Each Exchange on Which 
Registered:
The New York Stock Exchange

London Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
☒Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act.   ☐Yes  ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

☒Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and such files). ☒ Yes

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer, “smaller 
reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

 
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

☒
☐

☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 
☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the 
effectiveness of its internal control over financing reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (15 U.S.C 
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒Yes  ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ☐Yes 
☒ No

The aggregate market value of the voting shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing 
price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, as of the last business day of Ferguson plc’s most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter (January 31, 2022), was $34,721,011,396. Ferguson plc has no non-voting common equity. As of 
September 12, 2022, the number of outstanding ordinary shares was 209,756,022.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None. 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Ferguson plc (the “Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, qualifies as a foreign private 
issuer  in  the  United  States  for  purposes  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  The 
Company voluntarily has chosen to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on 
Form  8-K  with  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  instead  of  filing  on  the  reporting  forms 
available to foreign private issuers. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN TERMS
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
TRADEMARKS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
PART I
Item 1.  Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.  Properties
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities

Item 6.  [Reserved]
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

PAGE

1
1
1
1

3
8
29
30
30
30

31
37
38
49
50
88
88
90
90

91
96

104
106
108

108
111

CERTAIN TERMS

Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the terms “Company,” “Ferguson,” “we,” “us,” and “our” and 
other similar terms refer to Ferguson plc and its consolidated subsidiaries. Except as otherwise specified or the context 
otherwise requires, references to years indicate our fiscal year ended July 31 of the respective year. For example, references to 
“fiscal 2022” or similar references refer to the fiscal year ended July 31, 2022.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

The information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) that has been sourced from third parties has been 
accurately reproduced and, as far as we are aware and able to ascertain from the information published by that third party, no 
facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. Industry publications generally 
state that their information is obtained from sources they believe reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of such 
information is not guaranteed and that the projections they contain are based on a number of significant assumptions. We are 
not aware of any exhaustive industry or market reports that cover or address our specific markets.

TRADEMARKS

All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this Annual Report are the property of their respective owners. 
Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but 
such references should not be construed as any indication that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under 
applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend to use or display other companies’ trademarks or trade names to imply a 
relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

Certain information included in this Annual Report is forward-looking, including within the meaning of the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and involves risks, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements cover all matters which 
are not historical facts and include, without limitation, statements or guidance regarding or relating to our future financial 
position, results of operations and growth, projected interest in and ownership of our ordinary shares by domestic U.S. 
investors, plans and objectives for future capabilities, risks associated with changes in global and regional economic, market 
and political conditions, ability to manage supply chain challenges, ability to manage the impact of product price fluctuations, 
our financial condition and liquidity, legal or regulatory changes, and other statements concerning the success of our business 
and strategies. 

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including terms such as “believes,” 
“estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “continues,” “plans,” “projects,” “goal,” “target,” “aim,” “may,” 
“will,” “would,” “could” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology and other 
similar references to future periods. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. They are not 
assurances of future performance and are based only on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future 
of our business, future plans and strategies, projections, anticipated events and trends, the economy and other future conditions. 
Therefore, you should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the 
forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that 
many factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statements, including but not 
limited to: 

• weakness in the economy, market trends, uncertainty and other conditions in the markets in which we operate, and 
other factors beyond our control, including any macroeconomic or other consequences of the current conflict in 
Ukraine; 

•

•

•

•

failure to rapidly identify or effectively respond to direct and/or end customers’ wants, expectations or trends;

decreased demand for our products as a result of operating in highly competitive industries and the impact of declines 
in the residential and non-residential markets, as well as the repair, maintenance and improvement (“RMI”) and new 
construction markets;

changes in competition, including as a result of market consolidation;

failure of a key information technology system or process as well as exposure to fraud or theft resulting from payment-
related risks;

1

1

 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

privacy and protection of sensitive data failures, including failures due to data corruption, cybersecurity incidents or 
network security breaches;

ineffectiveness of or disruption in our domestic or international supply chain or our fulfillment network, including 
delays in inventory, increased delivery costs or lack of availability;

failure to effectively manage and protect our facilities and inventory;

unsuccessful execution of our operational strategies;

failure to attract, retain and motivate key associates;

exposure of associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals to health and safety risks;

inherent risks associated with acquisitions, partnerships, joint ventures and other business combinations, dispositions 
or strategic transactions; 

regulatory, product liability and reputational risks and the failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product and 
service quality;

inability to renew leases on favorable terms or at all, as well as any remaining obligations under a lease if we close a 
facility;

changes in, interpretations of, or compliance with tax laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, Switzerland or 
Canada;

our indebtedness and changes in our credit ratings and outlook;

fluctuations in foreign currency and product prices (e.g., commodity-priced materials, inflation/deflation);

funding risks related to our defined benefit pension plans;

legal proceedings as well as failure to comply with domestic and foreign laws and regulations or the occurrence of 
unforeseen developments such as litigation;

risks associated with the relocation of our primary listing to the United States and any volatility in our share price and 
shareholder base in connection therewith; 

the costs and risk exposure relating to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters;

adverse impacts caused by the COVID-19 pandemic (or related variants); and

other risks and uncertainties set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report.

Additionally, forward-looking statements regarding past trends or activities should not be taken as a representation that such 
trends or activities will continue in the future. Other than in accordance with our legal or regulatory obligations, we undertake 
no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events 
or otherwise. 

2

2

Item 1.

Business

Overview

Part I

Ferguson’s operations are based, through its subsidiaries, in North America, where Ferguson is a value-added distributor 
providing expertise, solutions and products from infrastructure, plumbing and appliances to heating, ventilation and air 
conditioning (“HVAC”), fire, fabrication and more. We exist to make our customers’ complex projects simple, successful and 
sustainable. We sell through a common network of distribution centers, branches and specialist sales associates, counter 
service, showroom consultants and e-commerce. 

The Company has a long history and expanded its businesses in the 1980s through organic growth and acquisitions in the 
United States, Canada and Europe, including the acquisition in 1982 of Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (“Ferguson Enterprises”), 
the Company’s U.S. subsidiary. As the business in the United States continued to grow and Ferguson Enterprises became the 
Company’s largest subsidiary, the Company’s focus shifted to North American markets. As a result, the operating businesses 
across Europe were sold and/or disposed of through various historical transactions, with the most recent disposal being the sale 
of Ferguson’s shares in Wolseley UK Limited (the “U.K. business”) on January 29, 2021.

The Company was incorporated and registered in Jersey on March 8, 2019 under the Jersey Companies Law, as a private 
limited company under the name Alpha JCo Limited with company number 128484. The Company converted its status to a 
public limited company and changed its name to Ferguson Newco plc on March 26, 2019. The Company then changed its name 
to Ferguson plc on May 10, 2019. Although our jurisdiction of organization is Jersey, we manage our affairs so that we are 
centrally managed and controlled in the United Kingdom and therefore we are a tax resident of the United Kingdom. The 
Company’s registered office address is 13 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES, Channel Islands, and the Company’s 
corporate headquarters address is 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 5TS and its telephone 
number is +44 (0) 118 927 3800. The Company is also registered in the United Kingdom as Ferguson Group Holdings, U.K. 
Establishment No. BR021199. Our management office in the United States is located at 12500 Jefferson Ave, Newport News, 
VA 23602.

Ferguson is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: FERG) and the London Stock Exchange (LSE: FERG). 

Business segments 

The Company’s reportable segments are established based on how the Company manages its business and allocates resources, 
which is on a geographical basis. The Company’s reportable segments are the United States and Canada. For further segment 
information, see Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and 
note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of 
this Annual Report (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). Below is a description of the Company’s reportable segments.

United States segment

The United States segment contributed 95%, 94% and 95% of net sales from continuing operations in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 
2020, respectively. 

The United States segment operates primarily under the Ferguson brand and provides expertise, solutions, and products, from 
infrastructure, plumbing and appliances to HVAC, fire, fabrication and more, to residential and non-residential contractors. Its 
products are delivered through a common network of distribution centers, branches and specialist sales associates, counter 
service, showroom consultants and e-commerce. As of July 31, 2022, the United States business operated 1,509 branches and 
10 national distribution centers serving all 50 states with approximately 33,000 associates. These locations provide same-day 
and next-day product availability, which we believe to be a competitive advantage and an important requirement for customers. 
In addition, our United States business operates two market distribution centers (“MDCs”) in Denver, Colorado and Phoenix, 
Arizona for branch replenishment and final mile distribution to customers.

Canada segment

The Canada segment contributed 5%, 6% and 5% of net sales from continuing operations in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, 
respectively.

3

3

The Canada segment operates primarily under the Wolseley brand and supplies plumbing, HVAC and refrigeration products to 
residential and commercial contractors. The Canada segment also supplies specialist water and wastewater treatment products 
to residential, commercial and infrastructure contractors, and supplies pipe, valves and fittings (“PVF”) solutions to industrial 
customers. As of July 31, 2022, the Canada business operated 211 branches with one national distribution center and 
approximately 3,000 associates. 

Business model

We have a balanced approach to attractive end markets and serve customers principally in North America with approximately 
54% of our net sales to residential markets and 46% to non-residential markets. Our net sales within the residential and non-
residential markets are also balanced between RMI (approximately 60% of our net sales) and new construction (approximately 
40% of our net sales). 

Our business bridges the gap between a large and fragmented supplier base with an even larger and more fragmented customer 
base. As of July 31, 2022, we had more than 37,000 suppliers, with no supplier accounting for more than 5% of total cost of 
sales, which provides us access to a diverse and broad range of quality products. We serve our customers through a network of 
11 national distribution centers, two MDCs, 5,600 fleet vehicles, 1,720 branches and approximately 36,000 associates, in each 
case, as of July 31, 2022. No single customer accounted for more than 1% of net sales in fiscal 2022.

Customers

Our purpose is to act as a trusted supplier and partner to our customers, providing innovative products and solutions to help 
make their complex projects simple, successful and sustainable. We offer expertise and a broad range of products delivered 
where and when our customers need them. Customers rely on us to help them deliver critical infrastructure spanning almost 
every stage of projects within the residential and non-residential markets. Whatever the future challenges, we will continue to 
partner with our customers to keep millions of homes and businesses operating while helping them to run their business more 
efficiently. 

Ferguson operates in highly fragmented markets, with no one market dominated by any single distributor. We are positioned as 
one of the top distributors in most markets we serve, including residential, commercial, civil/infrastructure and industrial.

Value-added products and solutions 

Our purpose is to act as a trusted supplier and partner to our customers, providing innovative products and solutions to make 
their projects better. With our value-added solutions, we aim to increase productivity for our customers and for the industry. 
Our value-added solutions include a variety of sales channels available to our customers ranging from inside and outside sales 
teams, sales centers, digital commerce capabilities, system-to-system capabilities, counter sales and showrooms. We also offer 
customized solutions such as virtual design, fabrication, valve actuation, pre-assembly, kitting, installation and project 
management services. 

We source, distribute and sell products from domestic and international suppliers. Our products include branded products and 
own brand products that the Company sells exclusively in the market. We purchase from more than 37,000 suppliers. Over 95% 
of the products sold in the United States are sourced from U.S.-based suppliers. Over 92% of the products sold in Canada are 
sourced from Canada-based suppliers.

Our branded and own brand products are generally available from several sources and are not generally subject to supply 
constraints in normal market conditions. In the United States, approximately 16% of net sales are derived from basic products 
containing significant amounts of commodity-priced materials, predominantly plastic, copper and steel, and other components 
which can be subject to volatile price changes based upon fluctuations in the commodities market. To a lesser extent, 
fluctuations in the price of fuel could affect transportation costs. In general, increases in such prices increase our operating costs 
and negatively impact our operating profit to the extent that such increases cannot be passed on to customers. Conversely, if 
competitive pressures allow us to hold prices despite relevant raw material prices falling, profitability can increase. 

Fulfillment options for our customers include same day delivery, locker pick-up, pro pick-up, multiple delivery locations, 
project staging and direct shipment. 

We also offer after-sales support that comprises warranty, credit, project-based billing, returns and maintenance, repair and 
operations (“MRO”) support.

4

4

Global supply chain

We have a global supply chain which provides access to more than 37,000 suppliers and we sell more than 1 million unique 
products each year. We operate an extensive network across North America, including two import centers, 11 national 
distribution centers and more than 1,700 branch locations. Our network also includes two MDCs which we are continuing to 
expand into key strategic markets and allows us to bring our products closer to our customers. These MDCs include automated 
picking and replenishment systems for the majority of orders being processed. This automation reduces manual handling of 
certain products which supports associate health and safety. 

Competitive conditions 

We believe we are well-equipped to win new customers and make attractive returns. We have leading positions in the 
residential and non-residential markets based on net sales as a percentage of overall market size. For fiscal 2022, 54% and 46% 
of our net sales were derived from residential and non-residential end markets, respectively, and 60% and 40% of our net sales 
were derived from the RMI and new construction sectors, respectively. We have chosen to operate in each of these markets 
because we believe we can generate strong growth, solid gross and net margins and good returns on capital.

The markets we serve are highly fragmented with very few large competitors and a high number of small, local distributors, as 
well as mid-size regional distributors. While our market positions can be expanded through growth of our existing business, 
acquisitions also remain a core part of our growth strategy and we expect to focus on acquisitions that bolt-on to our existing 
branch network as well as acquisitions that provide further capabilities to serve our customers. We believe there is a significant 
opportunity for strong growth and continued consolidation within each of these large, fragmented markets. 

Many customer projects require a range of products and services and we leverage our scale and expertise across the 
organization for the benefit of our customers. Specifically, we believe our network of suppliers, associates and the number of 
branches and distribution centers provides us with the scale and expertise to serve our customers better than our competitors do, 
as many of these competitors operate only locally. In addition, we also benefit from significant synergies to help lower 
operating costs and improve margins. We believe these factors enable continued growth in net sales as well as growth in cash 
flow and, therefore, may better enable us to provide investment returns to shareholders. 

Our scale and expertise position us to be involved in all stages of our customers' projects, including design, staging, and project 
management. Across all our customers, we take a consultative approach. We partner with our customers in an effort to guide 
complex projects to a successful conclusion, and to make the entire project better because Ferguson was involved.

Contractual relationships and seasonality

We are not dependent on any material licenses, industrial, commercial or financial contracts (including contracts with 
customers and suppliers) or new manufacturing processes. Our business is not highly seasonal. 

Intellectual property 

We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our 
proprietary assets and our brands. We have registered or applied for registration of trademarks, service marks, and internet 
domain names, both domestically and internationally. 

Regulatory landscape 

The Company’s operations are affected by various statutes, regulations and standards in the countries and markets in which it 
operates, including the United States and Canada. The amount of such regulation and the penalties for any breaches can vary. 
While the Company is not engaged in a highly regulated industry, it is subject to the laws governing businesses generally, 
including laws relating to competition, product safety, data protection, labor and employment practices, accounting and tax 
standards, international trade, fraud, bribery and corruption, land usage, the environment, health and safety, transportation, 
payment terms and other matters. We do not currently expect compliance with these laws and regulations to have a material 
effect on our capital expenditures, results of operations, or competitive position as compared to prior periods. 

Human capital management

Our associates are fundamental to the long-term success of the Company. We continue to invest in the development of our 
people and are committed to attracting, developing, engaging and retaining the best talent. 

5

5

Our people

As of July 31, 2022, Ferguson employed approximately 36,000 associates, of which approximately 33,000 were in the United 
States, 3,000 were in Canada and a small number of associates were in certain other jurisdictions, including the U.K. and Asia.

Human resources pillars and inclusion and diversity (“I&D”) 

Our human capital management program is grounded in our human resources pillars: attract, develop, engage, and retain. Our 
strategic focus on I&D is also tied to each of these pillars. We are committed to attracting and recruiting a diverse workforce 
and strive to identify and remove any potential for unconscious bias in hiring, promotion and succession decisions. Our diverse 
and inclusive hiring process assists us in fostering a culture of innovation and acceptance through differences in thought, 
experience and perspective. We believe that the range of perspectives fostered by a diverse and inclusive organization gives us 
a competitive advantage, especially when it is shaped by a workforce that reflects the diversity of our customers.

Talent development 

We place great emphasis on our associates’ development and provide opportunities to help them reach their full potential. 
Evidence of these opportunities can be seen in the career paths of our tenured leadership team. Through internal mobility, many 
of our leaders shifted from frontline roles to managerial roles. We offer a variety of training, leadership and development 
programs that develop skills and capabilities for our associates and leaders, and are tailored to associates’ leadership level and 
potential. The Company also offers associates professional development courses, many of which are on-demand, which are 
targeted at improving technical skills, sales, well-being, critical thinking and relationship management skills. A mix of internal 
opportunities and external hires, blended with new talent through acquisitions, allows us to broaden the experience, knowledge 
and diversity of our leadership teams and overall workforce. 

Associate engagement and retention

We champion engagement initiatives to further a culture where associates feel welcomed and valued. Our Business Resource 
Groups (“BRGs”) provide associates with opportunities to find affiliation, share common experiences and strengthen our 
culture of inclusion and belonging. We currently maintain four BRGs supporting our Black, women, LGBTQ+ and veteran 
associates. Membership in our BRGs is open to all our associates. Each BRG has an executive sponsor, chair and leadership 
team who are voted into their roles by applicable BRG members. 

We are committed to supporting our associates as well as customers and people within our communities. Through a variety of 
outreach efforts and our Associates in Action program, we provide our associates with the opportunity to directly engage in 
community service and contribute to Ferguson being a good corporate citizen.

We offer these development and engagement programs to aid in the growth, engagement and retention of our associates. We 
believe that these programs, as well as our strategic focus on I&D, support our objective to retain the best talent.

Culture and values

We strive to maintain a culture of integrity and are committed to acting ethically in all our business activities. Our core values 
provide guidance on ethical situations where there may be uncertainty over how to proceed and set out the standards that we 
expect of our associates and those who may work on our behalf. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of 
Conduct”) is a resource dedicated to helping our associates live by our values and understand Ferguson’s commitment to 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, our Code of Conduct and Company policies. We require all associates, 
including new associates, to complete our Code of Conduct training on an annual basis. 

6

6

Compensation and rewards

To help attract and retain the best talent available in the market, we offer our associates competitive rewards packages. The 
structure of our incentive programs is reviewed on a continual basis for alignment with our talent attraction and retention goals 
and our corporate purpose and values. We are committed to rewarding our associates based on the delivery of business 
objectives, as well as outstanding individual performance. We offer a wide variety of health, welfare, and financial benefits to 
our full-time and part-time associates, including health care and insurance benefits, retirement plans, an employee share 
purchase plan, paid time off and leave programs (including paid parental leave), among others.

We currently have several established recognition programs, where our top performing sales associates and managers receive 
recognition, and a leadership award to recognize Ferguson sales associates who consistently demonstrate exceptional 
performance and sales leadership. The purpose of these programs is to demonstrate our appreciation for our associates and to 
recognize the exceptional performance and outstanding contributions they make to help support profitable growth in our 
business. 

Health and safety

We maintain high standards for safety, expectations for safe behaviors and safety rules and enforcement processes in an effort 
to drive continuous improvement in our health and safety performance. We strive to maintain a culture of safety, which begins 
with safety training and with our leaders modeling the behaviors we want our associates to adopt. We endeavor to ensure that at 
each location, our associates are well-informed about health and safety measures and are provided with the appropriate 
equipment and tools to protect themselves and those around them. Through continuous investment in health and safety we 
strive to mitigate the risk of on-the-job injuries. We actively engage with our associates, promoting a strong safety culture by 
empowering them to make safe decisions. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented measures designed to 
protect the health and safety of our associates and our customers.

ESG report

Additional information regarding our activities related to ESG matters, including our people and human capital strategy, can be 
found in our most recent ESG Report, which is available on our website. The contents of this report are not incorporated by 
reference into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC.

Available information

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, the 
Company files reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov that contains 
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The 
Company’s website is www.fergusonplc.com. The Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Form 20-F, Quarterly 
Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 6-K and Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished 
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available, free of charge, through the Company’s website as soon as 
reasonably practicable after the material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

Any references to the Company’s website contained herein do not constitute incorporation by reference of information 
contained on such website and such information should not be considered part of this Annual Report.

7

7

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Risk factors summary

For a summary of risk factors, see our “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary” on page 1.

Risk factors

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report, you should carefully consider the following 
risk factors before investing in our ordinary shares. The risks and uncertainties we describe below are not the only 
ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not aware or that we currently believe are 
immaterial may also adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. If 
any of the possible events described below were to occur, the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company could be materially and adversely affected. If that happens, the market price of our ordinary shares 
could decline, and holders of our ordinary shares could lose all or part of their investment. 

This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results 
may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, 
including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Market conditions, competition, financial

Weakness in the economy, market trends, uncertainty and other conditions in the markets in which we operate, 
particularly in the United States, may adversely affect the profitability and financial stability of our customers, 
and could negatively impact our sales growth and results of operations. 

Our financial performance depends significantly on industry trends and general economic conditions, including the 
state of the residential and non-residential markets, as well as changes in gross domestic product in the geographic 
markets in which we operate, particularly in the United States where we generated 95% of our net sales from 
continuing operations in fiscal 2022. We serve several end markets in which the demand for our products is sensitive 
to the construction activity, capital spending and demand for products of our customers. Many of these customers 
operate in markets that are subject to cyclical fluctuations resulting from market uncertainty, costs of goods sold, 
currency exchange rates, foreign competition, offshoring of production, oil and natural gas prices, geopolitical 
developments, wage inflation and a variety of other factors beyond our control. In addition, geopolitical conflicts, 
such as the current conflict in Ukraine or potential conflict between China and Taiwan and any related international 
response, may exacerbate inflationary pressures, including causing increases in commodity prices and energy costs. 
Any of these factors could cause customers to idle or close facilities, delay purchases, reduce production levels or 
experience reductions in the demand for their own products or services. 

Adverse conditions in, or uncertainty about, the markets in which we operate, the economy or the political climate 
could also adversely impact the customers of our end markets and their confidence or financial condition, causing 
them to decide not to purchase our products or alter the timing of purchasing decisions or construction projects, and 
could also impact their ability to pay for products purchased from us. Other factors beyond our control, including but 
not limited to unemployment, interest rate and mortgage rate fluctuation, mortgage delinquency and foreclosure 
rates, inventory loss due to theft, foreign currency fluctuations, labor and healthcare costs, the availability of 
financing, the state of the credit markets, changes in tax laws affecting the real estate industry, product availability 
constraints as a result of ineffectiveness of or disruption to our domestic or international supply chain or the 
fulfillment network, weather, cybersecurity incidents or network security breaches, natural disasters, acts of 
terrorism, global pandemics, international trade tensions, and geopolitical uncertainties, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

8

8

Any of these events could impair the ability of our customers to make full and timely payments or reduce the 
volume of products these customers purchase from us and could cause increased pressure on our selling prices and 
terms of sale. Accordingly, a significant or prolonged slowdown in activity in our relevant end markets could 
negatively impact net sales growth and results of operations. In addition, we may have to close underperforming 
branches and/or showrooms from time to time as warranted by general economic conditions and/or weakness in the 
end markets in which we operate. Such closures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We could be adversely impacted by declines in the residential and non-residential markets, as well as the RMI 
and new construction markets. 

Our end markets focusing on the residential and non-residential markets as well as the RMI and new construction 
markets are dependent, in part, upon certain macroeconomic trends in these markets. In fiscal 2022, the Company’s 
net sales in the residential and non-residential markets generated 54% and 46%, respectively, of net sales from 
continuing operations. Our sales within the residential and non-residential markets are divided further into RMI and 
new construction markets, which represent approximately 60% and 40%, respectively, of net sales from continuing 
operations. 

A slowdown in the residential and/or non-residential markets caused by inflation, higher interest or mortgage rates 
or other issues in the market, may cause unanticipated shifts in our end market preferences and purchasing practices 
and in the business models and strategies of our customers. Such shifts may alter the nature and prices of products 
demanded by the end consumer and, in turn, our customers and could adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, and changes in competition, including as a result of 
consolidation, could result in decreased demand for our products and related service offerings and could have a 
material effect on our sales and profitability. 

We face competition in all markets we serve from wholesale distributors, supply houses, retail enterprises, online 
businesses that compete with price transparency, and from manufacturers (including some of our own suppliers) that 
sell directly to certain segments of the market. In particular, wholesale and distribution businesses in other industry 
sectors have been disrupted by the arrival of new competitors with lower-cost non-value added transactional 
business models or new technologies to aggregate demand away from incumbents. In the event that one or more 
online marketplace companies, which in some cases have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and 
greater resources than we do, focus resources on competing in our markets, it could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, such competitors may use aggressive 
pricing and marketing tactics (such as paid search marketing) and devote substantially more financial resources to 
website and systems development than we do. It is expected that competition could further intensify in the future as 
online commerce continues to grow worldwide. Increased competition may result in reduced net sales, lower 
operating margins, reduced profitability, loss of market share and diminished brand recognition.

The industries in which we operate may be disrupted by non-traditional competitors through acquisitions of 
traditional competitors to expand their capabilities. The industries in which we operate are also consolidating as 
customers are increasingly aware of the total costs of fulfillment and of the need to have consistent sources of supply 
at multiple locations. This competitor consolidation could cause the industries to become more competitive as 
greater economies of scale are achieved.

Additionally, we have experienced competitive pressure from certain of our suppliers who are now selling their 
products directly to customers. Suppliers can often sell their products at lower prices and maintain higher gross 
margins on their product sales than we can. Continued competition from our suppliers may negatively impact our 
business and results of operations, including through reduced sales, lower operating margins, reduced profitability, 
loss of market share and diminished brand recognition.

9

9

In response to these competitive pressures, among other initiatives, we are applying technology as an important 
medium for delivering better customer service alongside the supply of our products, and to create dedicated tools to 
save customers time and money. However, we may not continue to realize benefits from such investments and such 
initiatives may not be successful. In addition, failure to effectively execute our strategies, including the development 
and acquisition of such new business models or technologies, or successfully identify future market and competitive 
pressures, could have a material adverse effect on net sales and profitability.

Fluctuating product prices may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Some of our products contain significant amounts of commodity-priced materials, predominantly plastic, copper and 
steel, and other components that are subject to price changes based upon fluctuations in the commodities market, 
which can arise from changes in domestic and international supply and demand, general inflationary pressures, labor 
costs, competition, tariff and trade restrictions and geopolitical conflict, among other factors. To a lesser extent, 
fluctuations in the price of fuel could affect transportation costs. In addition, shipping capacity constraints and 
related fluctuations in shipping rates and space availability further impact the product cost. Our ability to adjust 
prices in a timely manner to account for price fluctuations will often depend on market conditions, our fixed costs, 
inflation and deflation, and other factors. In the event that circumstances require us to adjust our product prices and 
operational strategies to reflect fluctuating prices (inflation/deflation), there can be no assurance that such 
adjustments will be effective, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. For example, we increased inventory levels during the year to maintain product availability and 
our inability to pass on all or a portion of product price inflation to our customers in a timely manner could reduce 
our profit margins. Moreover, our efforts to monitor for signs of moderation or deflation, which would present risk 
that we may not be able to totally mitigate, may be ineffective and result in write-downs of inventories.

We have funding risks related to our defined benefit pension plans. 

The Company operates a variety of pension plans, including funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes in 
Canada and the United Kingdom. Our pension trustees and plan sponsors aim to match the liabilities with a portfolio 
of assets, comprising equity and debt securities alongside diversified growth assets and further investments designed 
to hedge the underlying interest and inflation risk inherent in the associated liabilities. The United Kingdom defined 
benefit pension plan (the “United Kingdom Plan”), the Company’s largest defined benefit plan, is closed to future 
service costs and has a buy-in insurance policy which covers a large proportion of the existing participants. The 
market value of these assets can rise and fall over time which impacts the funding position of the plan. Following the 
completion of the Company’s disposal of the U.K. business on January 29, 2021, the Company retained future 
responsibility for the United Kingdom Plan, as the ongoing liabilities were not transferred to the purchaser.

On an accounting basis, the liabilities of the Company’s pension plans are measured using discount rates assessed by 
reference to corporate bond yields, which can also vary significantly between reporting periods. As of July 31, 2022, 
we had recognized on our balance sheet a net pension asset of $106 million compared to a net pension asset of $96 
million as of July 31, 2021 for the United Kingdom Plan and the Canadian defined benefit plans combined. As 
required by United Kingdom pensions regulation, the United Kingdom Plan is currently going through its triennial 
actuarial valuation exercise, which is measured on a technical provisions basis, based on the United Kingdom Plan’s 
financial position as of April 30, 2022. The results of this triennial valuation could result in deficit reduction 
contributions being required. We expect to know the results in 2023.

In addition to required contributions, the Company makes voluntary contributions at the discretion of management. 
There are no deficit reduction contributions due to be made, however, a new deficit reduction plan will be agreed, if 
required, after the current triennial actuarial valuation is completed. Any requirement to pay such additional sums, 
due to factors such as a deterioration in economic conditions or changes in actuarial assumptions, could have an 
adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, actions by the U.K. Pensions Regulator or the trustees of our 
pension plans or any material revisions to the existing pension legislation could result in us being required to incur 
significant additional costs immediately or in short time frames. Such costs, in turn, could have an adverse effect on 
our financial condition.

10

10

Changes in our credit ratings and outlook may reduce access to capital and increase borrowing costs. 

Our credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and factors outside of our 
control, such as conditions affecting our industry generally and the introduction of new rating practices and 
methodologies. A resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic or other pandemic could negatively impact our credit 
ratings and thereby adversely affect our access to capital and cost of capital. We cannot provide assurances that our 
current credit ratings will remain in effect or that the ratings will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by 
the rating agencies. If rating agencies lower, suspend or withdraw the ratings, the market price or marketability of 
our securities may be adversely affected. Pressure on the ratings could also arise from higher shareholder payouts or 
larger acquisitions than we have currently planned that result in increased leverage, or in a deterioration in the 
metrics used by the rating agencies to assess creditworthiness. In addition, any change in ratings could make it more 
difficult for the Company to raise capital on acceptable terms, impact the ability to obtain adequate financing and 
result in higher interest costs on future financings. 

We may not be able to access the capital and credit markets on terms that are favorable to us.

We may seek access to the capital and credit markets to supplement our existing funds and cash generated from 
operations for working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements and other business initiatives. The 
capital and credit markets are experiencing, and have in the past experienced, extreme volatility and disruption, 
including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which leads to uncertainty and liquidity issues for both borrowers 
and investors. In the event of adverse market conditions, we may be unable to obtain capital or credit market 
financing on favorable terms, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Potential regional or global barriers to trade or a global trade war could increase the cost of our products, which 
could adversely impact the competitiveness of our products and our financial results. 

Trade tensions between the United States and China have escalated over the past several years which resulted in 
elevated tariffs. The current U.S. presidential administration has not taken action to roll these back. However, in 
May 2022, the Office of United States Trade Representative (“USTR”) commenced its quadrennial  review of the 
tariffs imposed on China-origin goods pursuant to Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 (the “Trade Act”). USTR 
initiated its review pursuant to Section 307(c) of the Trade Act, which requires the USTR to review the “necessity 
of” Section 301 actions four years after their implementation. This process may or may not change these tariff 
actions and it remains unclear what additional, new, or different actions, if any, will be taken by the United States, 
China, or other governments with respect to international trade agreements, the imposition of tariffs on goods 
imported into the United States, the erection of barriers to trade, tax policy related to international commerce, or 
other trade matters. The potential removal of some of the tariffs and trade actions and the respective deflationary 
impact could have an effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. At this point in time, it 
remains to be seen what effects, if any, the current administration will have on a long-term comprehensive 
agreement on tariffs between the United States and China.

The Company’s strategy could be materially adversely affected by its indebtedness. 

As of July 31, 2022, we had total debt of $3.9 billion. We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the 
future, in particular in connection with future acquisitions which remain a core part of our strategy, some of which 
may be secured by some or all of our assets. Our overall level of indebtedness from time to time may have an 
adverse effect on our strategy, including requiring us to dedicate portions of our cash flow to payments on our debt, 
thereby reducing funds available for reinvestment in the business; restricting us from securing the financing, if 
necessary, to pursue acquisition opportunities; limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our 
business and industry; and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have lower 
levels of indebtedness. 

We may need to refinance some or all of our debt upon maturity either on terms which could potentially be less 
favorable than the existing terms or under unfavorable market conditions, which may also have an adverse effect on 
our strategy.

11

11

Additionally, on March 5, 2021, the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates the London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), issued an announcement on the future cessation or loss of representativeness of 
LIBOR.  That announcement confirmed that LIBOR will either cease to be provided by any administrator or will no 
longer be representative after December 31, 2021 for all non-U.S. Dollar LIBOR (“USD LIBOR”) reference rates, 
and for one-week and two-month USD LIBOR.  In addition, that announcement stated that the ICE Benchmark 
Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, would continue to publish the remaining tenors of USD 
LIBOR for an additional 18 months, through June 30, 2023. These remaining tenors of USD LIBOR—overnight, 
one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month—encompass the tenors referenced in certain of our borrowings 
and interest rate swaps.  The Alternative Reference Rates Committee selected the Secured Overnight Financing Rate 
(“SOFR”), plus a recommended spread adjustment, as the rate recommended to replace USD LIBOR. There can be 
no assurance that the application of SOFR or any other alternative reference rate will not increase our interest 
expense or will not introduce operational risks in our accounting or financial reporting and other aspects of our 
business.

We plan to transition away from LIBOR as a reference rate in the coming months. We will need to amend certain of 
our credit facilities to determine replacement rates, which may result in interest payments that differ from our 
original expectations and which may materially impact the amount of our interest payments under our variable rate 
debt. We will also need to consider any new contracts and whether they should reference an alternative benchmark 
rate or include suggested fallback language, as published by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. The overall 
financial market and the ability to raise future indebtedness in a cost-effective manner may be disrupted as a result of 
the phase-out or replacement of LIBOR. The consequences of these developments with respect to LIBOR cannot be 
entirely predicted and span multiple future periods but could result in an increase in the cost of our variable rate debt 
which may adversely affect our financial position or operating results.

Fluctuations in foreign currency may have an adverse effect on reported results of operations. 

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to the U.S. dollar relative to the local currencies 
of our international subsidiaries, predominantly the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”), and the British Pound Sterling 
(“GBP”), arising from transactions in the normal course of business (such as sales and loans to wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, sales to third-party customers, and purchases from suppliers) and the effects of any outbreak of a global 
pandemic. Our only significant foreign currency exchange exposure from a net sales perspective is CAD. We also 
have foreign currency exposure to the extent that receipts and expenditures are not denominated in the subsidiary’s 
functional currency, which could impact net sales, costs and cash flows. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange 
rates could affect the Company’s results of operations and impact reported net sales and income.

Our ability to pay dividends or effect other returns of capital in the future depends, among other things, on our 
financial performance. 

There can be no guarantee that our historical performance will be repeated in the future, particularly given the 
competitive nature of the industry in which we operate, and our net sales, net income and cash flow may 
significantly underperform market expectations. If our cash flow underperforms market expectations, then our 
capacity to pay a dividend or effect other returns of capital (including, without limitation, share repurchases) may be 
negatively impacted. Any decision to declare and pay dividends or to effect other returns of capital will be made at 
the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and will depend on, among other things, 
applicable law, regulation, restrictions (if any) on the payment of dividends and/or capital returns in our financing 
arrangements, our financial position, retained earnings/net income, working capital requirements, interest expense, 
general economic conditions, effects from the outbreak or resurgence of global pandemics, and other factors that the 
Board deems significant from time to time. 

12

12

We cannot guarantee that our share repurchase program will be fully consummated or that our share repurchase 
program will enhance long-term shareholder value, and share repurchases could increase the volatility of the 
price of our ordinary shares and could diminish our cash reserves.

We previously announced our intention to repurchase up to $2 billion of our ordinary shares. As of July 31, 2022, 
we have completed $1.5 billion of this share repurchase program with approximately $0.5 billion remaining. On 
September 27, 2022, we announced an extension of the current program by a further $0.5 billion. The timing and 
actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including the price, cash availability and 
other market conditions. The share repurchase program, authorized by our Board and shareholders, does not obligate 
us to repurchase any specific dollar amount or to acquire any specific number of shares. The share repurchase 
program could affect the price of our ordinary shares and increase volatility and may be suspended or terminated at 
any time, which may result in a decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares. The existence of our share 
repurchase program could also cause the price of our ordinary shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of 
such a program and could potentially reduce the market liquidity for our ordinary shares. Additionally, repurchases 
under our share repurchase program will diminish our cash reserves.

The Company is a holding company with no business operations of its own and depends on its subsidiaries for 
cash, including in order to pay dividends. 

The Company is a holding company with no independent operations and is dependent on earnings and distributions 
of funds from its operating subsidiaries for cash, including in order to pay dividends to its shareholders. The 
Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders therefore depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to 
distribute profits or pay dividends to the Company, general economic conditions and other factors that the Board 
deems significant from time to time. The Company’s distributable reserves can be affected by reductions in 
profitability, impairment of assets and severe market turbulence. 

Ownership of Ordinary Shares

We have relocated our primary listing to the United States, which could cause volatility in our share price and 
shareholder base.

On May 12, 2022, we relocated our primary listing from the London Stock Exchange (the “LSE”) to the New York 
Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). We previously maintained a premium listing on the LSE and were a member of the 
FTSE 100 index of listed companies. We currently maintain a standard listing on the LSE in addition to our listing 
on the NYSE. As a result of the transfer of our primary listing to the NYSE, there may be volatility in our share 
price as a result of turnover in our shareholder base. Certain holders of our ordinary shares may not be permitted to 
hold our ordinary shares in the long run depending on their investment mandate. Certain U.S. institutional investors 
may not be able to invest in our ordinary shares pursuant to their investment mandates, for example due to our lack 
of inclusion in U.S.-centric indices. We are currently ineligible for inclusion in certain U.S. indices in the near term 
until we achieve certain criteria such as, but not limited to, trading volume thresholds. Moreover, we cannot 
guarantee that, once eligible, we will be included in any index in the United States because inclusion is at the 
discretion of the indices. Our share price may be negatively affected by these circumstances.

13

13

The obligations associated with being a public company in the United States require significant resources and 
management attention, and changing laws, regulations and standards are creating uncertainty for United States 
public companies.

As a public company with a recent U.S. listing of our ordinary shares in the United States, we continue to incur 
legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We are subject to the reporting requirements 
of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the listing requirements of the 
NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and 
other reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial 
reporting. Furthermore, the establishment and the maintenance of the corporate infrastructure demanded of a United 
States public company may, in certain circumstances, divert management’s attention from implementing our growth 
strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We 
have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and 
accounting systems in order to meet our reporting obligations as a public company in the United States. However, 
the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy these obligations. In addition, compliance with these rules and 
regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made some activities more time-
consuming and costly. These additional obligations may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance, ESG matters, and public 
disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies in the United States, increasing legal and financial 
compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are 
subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in 
practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in 
continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to 
disclosure and governance practices. We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, resources to comply with 
evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased operating expenses and a 
diversion of management’s time and attention from sales-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts 
to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing 
bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal 
proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely 
affected. 

14

14

Corporate responsibility, specifically related to ESG matters, may impose additional costs and expose us to new 
risks.

Public ESG and sustainability reporting is becoming more broadly expected by regulators, investors, shareholders 
and other third parties. Certain organizations that provide corporate governance and other corporate risk information 
to investors and shareholders have developed, and others may in the future develop, scores and ratings to evaluate 
companies and investment funds based upon ESG or “sustainability” metrics. Many investment funds focus on 
positive ESG business practices and sustainability scores when making investments and may consider a company’s 
ESG or sustainability scores as a reputational or other factor in making an investment decision. In addition, 
investors, particularly institutional investors, use these scores to benchmark companies against their peers and if a 
company is perceived as lagging, these investors may engage with such company to improve ESG disclosure or 
performance and may also make voting decisions, or take other actions, to hold these corporations and their boards 
of directors accountable. Board diversity is an ESG topic that is, in particular, receiving heightened attention by 
investors, shareholders, lawmakers and listing exchanges. In addition, the SEC has proposed rule changes that would 
require registrants to include certain climate-related disclosures in their registration statements and periodic reports, 
including greenhouse gas emission data with third-party attestation and climate-related financial statement metrics in 
a note to their audited financial statements. We may face reputational damage in the event our corporate 
responsibility initiatives or objectives, including with respect to board diversity, do not meet the standards set by our 
regulators, investors, shareholders, lawmakers, listing exchanges or other constituencies, or if we are unable to 
achieve an acceptable ESG or sustainability rating from third-party rating services. A low ESG or sustainability 
rating by a third-party rating service could also result in the exclusion of our ordinary shares from consideration by 
certain investors who may elect to invest with our competition instead. Ongoing focus on corporate responsibility 
matters by investors and other parties as described above may impose additional costs or expose us to new risks.

In addition, as we work to align with the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board's Task Force on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures, the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, and our own ESG assessments and 
priorities, we have expanded and, in the future, may continue to expand our disclosures in these areas. Our failure to 
report accurately or achieve progress on our metrics on a timely basis, or at all, could adversely affect our reputation, 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ordinary shares are subject to market price volatility and the market price may decline disproportionately in 
response to developments that are unrelated to our operating performance. 

The market price of our ordinary shares has been and may in the future be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. 
The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors including, but not limited to, 
general economic conditions, period to period variations in operating results, changes in net sales or net income 
estimates by us, industry participants or financial analysts, our failure to meet our stated guidance, our failure to 
comply with the rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act related to accounting controls and procedures or the discovery 
of material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal control and accounting procedures. For example, in 
connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent 
registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses relating to: (i) a lack of segregation of duties 
and (ii) the presentation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. While we believe we have fully remediated 
the material weaknesses in our internal controls, if we are unable to successfully maintain internal control over 
financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. Further, we cannot 
assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to prevent 
the occurrence of material weaknesses in the future. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial 
reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to 
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, investor confidence in us may be 
adversely affected and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares may decline.

15

15

In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares could also be adversely affected by developments unrelated to 
our operating performance, such as the operating and share price performance of other companies that investors may 
consider comparable to us, speculation about us in the press or the investment community, unfavorable press, 
strategic actions by competitors (including acquisitions and restructurings), changes in market conditions, regulatory 
changes, broader market volatility and movements and delay in our inclusion in U.S. indices. Any or all of these 
factors could result in material fluctuations in the price of our ordinary shares, which could lead to investors getting 
back less than they invested or a total loss of their investment. 

The rights afforded to our shareholders are governed by Jersey law. Not all rights available to shareholders 
under U.S. law will be available to holders of our ordinary shares. 

The rights of holders of our ordinary shares are governed by Jersey law and our Memorandum of Association and 
Articles of Association (the “Articles”), which may not provide the level of legal certainty and transparency afforded 
by incorporation in a U.S. state. 

The Company is organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, a British crown dependency that is an island 
located off the coast of Normandy, France. Jersey is not a member of the European Union. Jersey legislation 
regarding companies is largely based on English corporate law principles. However, there can be no assurance that 
Jersey law will not change in the future or that it will serve to protect investors in a similar fashion afforded under 
corporate law principles in the United States, which could adversely affect the rights of investors. 

Rights afforded to shareholders under Jersey law differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical 
U.S. companies. In particular, Jersey law currently significantly limits the circumstances in which the shareholders 
of Jersey companies may bring derivative actions (i.e., legal actions brought by a shareholder on behalf of a 
company against a third party). Under Jersey law, in most cases, only the Company may be the proper plaintiff for 
the purposes of maintaining proceedings in respect of wrongful acts committed against us (including breaches of 
directors’ duties) and, generally, neither an individual shareholder, nor any group of shareholders, has any right of 
action in such circumstances. There are a number of judicially accepted exceptions to this general rule, including 
what is known as “fraud on the minority,” being where there is a prima facie case of equitable fraud on the part of 
the prospective defendant and the alleged wrongdoers themselves were in control of the company and improperly 
preventing it from bringing proceedings. 

Under Article 141 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended (“Jersey Companies Law”), a shareholder may, 
however, apply to court for relief on the grounds that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or 
omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our 
shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies 
Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the 
Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to 
refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings or providing for the 
purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders. In addition, Jersey law does not afford 
appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders in a U.S. company. 

Jersey law does not preclude a shareholder from alleging a violation of federal securities laws in the United States. 

16

16

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that 
are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.

We currently qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act. As a result, we are exempt from certain 
provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including: (i) the sections of the 
Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered 
under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share 
ownership and trading activities and to return any profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) 
Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. 
Although we have voluntarily chosen to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and 
current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC instead of filing on the reporting forms available to foreign private 
issuers, as a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that 
are not foreign private issuers. Additionally, if we lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, it could result 
in additional costs and expenses related to full compliance with rules and regulations that apply to U.S. domestic 
issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in 
lieu of certain requirements applicable to U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary 
shares. 

As a foreign private issuer listed on the NYSE, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate 
governance practices in lieu of certain NYSE requirements. We follow corporate governance standards which are 
substantially similar to those followed by U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards, except that 
historically we have complied with the listing rules applicable to U.K. companies with a premium listing on the 
London Stock Exchange (“LSE Listing Rules”) in lieu of NYSE shareholder approval requirements for the adoption 
or material amendment of equity compensation plans. Under the LSE Listing Rules, shareholder pre-approval is not 
generally required for the adoption or material amendment of equity compensation plans, except with respect to 
either of the following two types of equity compensation plans: (i) equity compensation plans in which employees or 
former employees are entitled to participate and which permit the issue of new shares or transfer of treasury shares; 
or (ii) long-term equity compensation plans in which a director is entitled to participate, whether or not such plans 
involve new share issues or transfers of treasury shares, but excluding, for the purposes of (ii), long-term equity 
compensation plans in which all, or substantially all, of the company’s employees (who are not directors) are 
eligible to participate which are established specifically to recruit or retain a single director who is the only 
participant. Following the date that we cease to be a foreign private issuer (the “Transition Date”), we intend to fully 
comply with the NYSE shareholder approval requirements for the adoption or material amendment of equity 
compensation plans, except to the extent permitted by Section 303A.08 of the NYSE Listing Manual with respect to 
any equity compensation plans that were in place prior to the Transition Date.  These and other home country 
practices may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares than would be available to the shareholders of 
a United States corporation. 

Our ordinary shares are listed to trade on more than one stock exchange, and this may result in price variations.

Our ordinary shares are listed on both the NYSE and the LSE. Dual-listing may result in price variations between 
the exchanges due to a number of factors. Our ordinary shares trade in U.S. dollars on the NYSE and in GBP on the 
LSE. In addition, the exchanges are open for trade at different times of the day and the two exchanges also have 
differing vacation schedules. Differences in the trading schedules, as well as volatility in the exchange rate of the 
two currencies, among other factors, may result different trading prices for our ordinary on the two exchanges. Other 
external influences may have different effects on the trading price of our ordinary shares on the two exchanges.

17

17

Operations and technology

If our domestic or international supply chain or our fulfillment network for our products is ineffective or 
disrupted for any reason, or if these operations are subject to trade policy changes, our business, financial 
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We source, distribute and sell products from domestic and international suppliers, and their ability to reliably and 
efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. We purchase from approximately 37,000 suppliers 
located in various countries around the world. 

Financial instability among key suppliers, political instability and labor unrest in source countries or elsewhere in 
our supply chain, changes in the total costs in our supply chain (including, but not limited, to changes in fuel and 
labor costs and currency exchange rates), port or rail labor disputes and security, the outbreak or resurgence of 
pandemics, weather- or climate-related events, natural disasters, work stoppages or strikes, shipping capacity 
constraints or embargoes, changes in trade policy, trade restrictions imposed by the United States, Europe, China or 
another major source country, tariffs or duties, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and transport availability, 
capacity and costs are all beyond our control and could negatively impact our business if they seriously disrupted the 
movement of products through our supply chain or increased their costs. Additionally, as we add fulfillment 
capabilities or pursue strategies with different fulfillment requirements, our fulfillment network becomes 
increasingly complex and operating it becomes more challenging. If our fulfillment network does not operate 
properly or if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, we could experience delays in inventory, increased 
delivery costs or lack of availability, any of which could lead to lower net sales and decreased customer confidence, 
and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, our existing suppliers may decide to supply products 
directly to end users that are our existing or potential customers, which could have a detrimental effect on our ability 
to keep and procure customers, and maintain and win business, thereby having a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Execution of our operational strategies could prove unsuccessful, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

To achieve our key priorities, we must drive profitable growth across our operational businesses by fulfilling 
customer wants, capitalizing on attractive growth opportunities and achieving excellent execution. Fulfilling 
customer wants through differentiated service offerings that support our customers’ projects is a key part of our 
strategy to drive profitable growth. If service levels were to significantly decrease, customers might purchase from 
our competitors instead, resulting in reduced net sales, lower operating margins, reduced profitability, loss of market 
share and/or diminished brand recognition. 

Development of our operating model is a key part of driving profitable growth. There is a risk that we are not 
sufficiently agile in adapting our operating model and therefore cannot adapt to changing customer wants and/or are 
unable to flex our cost base when required. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could 
damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

18

18

We may not rapidly identify or effectively respond to direct and/or end customers’ wants, expectations or trends, 
which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our products and 
our market share. 

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to identify and respond promptly to evolving trends in 
demographics, as well as customer wants, preferences and expectations, while also managing appropriate inventory 
levels and maintaining our focus on delivering an excellent customer experience. For example, our customers are 
currently facing challenges in the form of a shortage of skilled trade professionals and a need for improved 
construction productivity. It is also difficult to successfully predict the products and services that customers will 
require. In addition, the customers in the markets we serve have different needs and expectations, many of which 
evolve as the demographics in a particular market change. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand due to the 
difficulty of calibrating demand for such products, the concentration of demand for a limited number of products, 
difficulties in product sourcing, or rapid changes in demand may result in inventory write-downs, and the sale of 
excess inventory at discounted prices could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and 
cash flows. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand for our products or if our manufacturers fail to supply 
products we require at the time we need them, we may experience inventory shortages. Inventory shortages might 
delay shipments to customers and negatively impact customer relationships.

We offer more localized assortments of our products to appeal to needs within each end market. If we do not 
successfully evolve and differentiate to meet the individual needs and expectations of, or within, a particular end 
market, we may lose market share. 

We are continuing to invest in our e-commerce and omni-channel capabilities and other technology solutions, 
including investments in significant upgrades to our enterprise-wide resource planning systems, to simplify our 
customer propositions and to optimize the supply chain and branch network to deliver a more efficient business.

The cost and potential problems and interruptions associated with these initiatives could disrupt or reduce the 
efficiency of our online and in-store operations in the near term, lead to product availability issues and negatively 
affect our relationship with our customers. Furthermore, accomplishing these initiatives will require a substantial 
investment in additional information technology associates and other specialized associates. We may face significant 
competition in the market for these resources and may not be successful in our hiring efforts. Failure to choose the 
right investments and implement them in the right manner and at the right pace could adversely affect our 
relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our products and services, and our market share. In 
addition, our branch and omni-channel initiatives, enhanced supply chain, and new or upgraded information 
technology systems might not provide the anticipated benefits. It might take longer than expected to realize the 
anticipated benefits, cost more than budgeted, or the initiatives might fail altogether, each of which could adversely 
impact our competitive position and our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Acquisitions, partnerships, joint ventures, dispositions and other business combinations or strategic transactions 
involve a number of inherent risks, any of which could result in the benefits anticipated not being realized and 
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Acquisitions are an important part of our growth model and we regularly consider and enter into strategic 
transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, investments and other growth, market and geographic expansion 
strategies, with the expectation that these transactions will result in increases in sales, cost savings, synergies and 
various other benefits. 

19

19

During fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, we completed a total of 17, seven and six acquisitions, respectively. In the early 
phases of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 we halted acquisition activity to preserve liquidity and cash flow, but 
returned to normal acquisition activity by the beginning of fiscal 2021. We may not realize any anticipated benefits 
from such transactions or partnerships, or any future ones, and we may be exposed to additional liabilities and risks 
from any acquired business or joint venture (including but not limited to risks associated with cybersecurity 
incidents and unknown claims and disputes by third parties against the companies we acquire). In addition, we may 
be exposed to litigation in connection with our acquisition and partnership transactions. Our due diligence 
investigations may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other challenges associated with an acquired 
business which could result in an increased risk of unanticipated or unknown issues or liabilities, including with 
respect to environmental, competition and other regulatory matters, and our mitigation strategies for such risks that 
are identified may not be effective. 

Furthermore, we may have trouble identifying suitable acquisition targets in the future. Our ability to deliver the 
expected benefits from any strategic transactions that we do complete is subject to numerous uncertainties and risks, 
including our acquisition assumptions; our ability to integrate personnel, labor models, financial, supply chain and 
logistics, IT and other systems successfully; disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management; 
hiring additional management and other critical personnel; product quality compliance of new suppliers; and 
increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations. 

Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable and accurate financial reports, and the integration of 
businesses may create complexity in our financial systems and internal controls and make them more difficult to 
manage. Integration of businesses into our internal control system could cause us to fail to meet our financial 
reporting obligations.  Moreover, any failure to integrate, or delay in integrating, IT systems of acquired businesses 
could create an increased risk of cybersecurity incidents. Additionally, any impairment of goodwill or other assets 
acquired in a strategic transaction or charges to earnings associated with any strategic transaction, may materially 
reduce our profitability. Following integration, an acquired business may not produce the expected margins or cash 
flows. Our shareholders, vendors or customers may react unfavorably to substantial strategic transactions. 
Furthermore, we may finance these strategic transactions by incurring additional debt or raising equity, which could 
increase leverage or impact our ability to access capital in the future. 

If we fail to qualify for supplier rebates or are unable to maintain or adequately renegotiate our rebate 
arrangements, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Many of our products are purchased pursuant to rebate arrangements that entitle us to receive a rebate based on 
specified purchases. Some arrangements require us to purchase minimum quantities and result in higher rebates with 
increased quantities of purchases. These rebates effectively reduce the costs of our products, and we manage our 
business to take advantage of these programs. Rebate arrangements are subject to renegotiation with our suppliers 
from time to time. In addition, consolidation of suppliers may result in the reduction or elimination of rebate 
programs in which we participate. If we fail to qualify for these rebates or are unable to renew rebate programs on 
desirable terms, or a supplier materially reduces or stops offering rebates, our costs could materially increase, and 
our gross margins and income could be materially adversely affected. 

20

20

If we are unable to protect our sensitive data and information systems against data corruption, cybersecurity 
incidents or network security breaches, or if we are unable to provide adequate security in the electronic 
transmission of sensitive data, it could adversely affect the operations of our business. 

We may face global cybersecurity threats, which may range from uncoordinated individual attempts to sophisticated 
and targeted measures, known as advanced persistent threats, directed at us and our customers, suppliers, and 
vendors. Cybersecurity incidents and network security breaches may include, but are not limited to, attempts to 
access or unauthorized access of information, exploitation of vulnerabilities (including those of third-party software 
or systems), computer viruses, ransomware, denial of service and other electronic security breaches. Cyber-attacks 
from computer hackers and cyber criminals and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase 
generally, and our services and systems, including the systems of our outsourced service providers, have been and 
may in the future continue to be the target of various forms of cybersecurity incidents such as DNS attacks, wireless 
network attacks, viruses and worms, malicious software, ransomware, application centric attacks, peer-to-peer 
attacks, phishing attempts, backdoor trojans and distributed denial of service attacks. The techniques used by 
computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems change 
frequently and are growing in sophistication, and these new techniques generally are not detected until after an 
incident has occurred.

While we have instituted safeguards for the protection of our information systems and believe we use reputable 
third-party providers, during the normal course of business, we have experienced and expect to continue to 
experience cyber-attacks on our information systems, and we may be unable to protect sensitive data and/or the 
integrity of our information systems. A cybersecurity incident could be caused by malicious third parties using 
sophisticated methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses. Techniques used to obtain 
unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are 
launched against a target. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate 
preventative measures.

As a result, we or our service providers could experience errors, interruptions, delays, or cessations of service in key 
portions of our information technology infrastructure, which could significantly disrupt our operations and be costly, 
time-consuming and resource-intensive to remedy. As a result, we could forego net sales or profit margins if we are 
unable to operate. Furthermore, if critical information systems fail or otherwise become unavailable, our ability to 
process orders, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable and disburse funds could be 
adversely affected. Any such interruption of our information systems could also subject us to additional costs. Loss 
of customer, supplier, associate, or other business information could disrupt operations, damage our reputation, and 
expose us to claims from customers, suppliers, financial institutions, regulators, payment card associations, 
associates, and others, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

21

21

We are required to maintain the privacy and security of personal information in compliance with privacy and 
data protection regulations worldwide. Failure to meet the requirements could harm our business and damage 
our reputation with customers, suppliers, and associates. 

We rely on IT systems, networks, products, and services, some of which are managed by third-party service 
providers to protect our information. Increased information security threats and more sophisticated threat actors pose 
a risk to our information security program. Additionally, we collect, store, and process personal information relating 
to our customers, suppliers, and associates. This information is increasingly subject to a variety of U.S. and 
international laws and regulations that are constantly changing and becoming more complex, such as the General 
Data Protection Regulation, as enacted in the European Union and the United Kingdom, Canada’s Personal 
Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, and the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), 
These laws and regulations may carry significant potential penalties for non-compliance. For example, in the United 
States the CCPA, which came into effect in January 2020, has given California consumers more control over the 
personal information that businesses collect about them. The law created new data privacy rights for California 
consumers and requires certain businesses who collect personal information from California consumers to comply 
with various data protection requirements. Further, on November 3, 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (the 
“CPRA”) was voted into law by California residents. The CPRA significantly amends the CCPA and imposes 
additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, including additional consumer 
rights processes and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It also creates a new California data protection agency 
specifically tasked to enforce the law, which could result in increased regulatory scrutiny of businesses conducting 
activities in California in the areas of data protection and security. The substantive requirements for businesses 
subject to the CPRA will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and become enforceable on July 1, 2023. Businesses like 
ours that are subject to the CPRA who fail to comply with the CPRA may be subject to class action lawsuits and 
fines per incident of non-compliance. Other U.S. states are proposing or have enacted similar laws related to the 
protection of consumer personal information, including the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, the Colorado 
Privacy Act, and the Utah Consumer Privacy Act, each of which goes into effect in 2023.

Data privacy and data protection laws and regulations are typically intended to protect the privacy of personal 
information that is collected, processed, transmitted, and stored in or from the governing jurisdiction. In many cases, 
these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between a company and its 
subsidiaries, including associate information. While we have invested and continue to invest significant resources to 
comply with data privacy regulations, many of these regulations are new, complex, and subject to interpretation.  To 
maintain compliance with these laws, we may incur increased costs to continually evaluate and modify our policies 
and processes and to adapt to new legal and regulatory requirements. Non-compliance with these laws could result 
in negative publicity, damage to our reputation, penalties, or significant legal liability. Our business and operations 
could also be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our business 
practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively 
affect our business.

A failure of a key information technology system or process could adversely affect the operations of our business. 

Technology systems and data are fundamental to the operations, future growth and success of our business. In 
managing our business, we rely on the integrity and security of, and consistent access to, data from these systems 
such as sales, customer data, merchandise ordering, inventory replenishment and order fulfillment. A major 
disruption of the information technology systems and their backup mechanisms may cause us to incur significant 
costs to repair the systems, experience a critical loss of data and/or result in business interruptions. 

22

22

For these information technology systems and processes to operate effectively, we or our service providers must 
periodically maintain and update them. In addition, our systems and the third-party systems on which we rely are 
subject to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including: power outages; computer and 
telecommunications failures; cybersecurity incidents, including the use of ransomware; catastrophic events such as 
fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, or other natural disasters; a global pandemic outbreak or 
resurgence; acts of war or terrorism; and design or usage errors by our associates, contractors or third-party service 
providers. We and our third-party service providers seek to maintain our respective systems effectively and to 
successfully address the risk of compromise of the integrity, security and consistent operations of these systems, 
utilizing all reasonable and appropriate means available. However, such efforts may not be successful. 

We rely on data centers and other technologies and services provided by third parties in order to manage our cloud-
based infrastructure and operate our business. If any of these services becomes unavailable or otherwise is unable to 
serve our requirements due to extended outages, interruptions, facility closure, or because it is no longer available on 
commercially reasonable terms, expenses could increase and our operations could be disrupted or otherwise 
impacted until appropriate substitute services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our selling, general and administrative expenses, 
expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability, and potentially disrupt our business. 

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including trade credit, cash, checks, credit and debit cards, PayPal 
and gift cards, and we may offer new payment options over time. Acceptance of these payment options subjects us 
to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and 
operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds 
transfers. These requirements may change over time or be reinterpreted, making compliance more difficult or costly. 
For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may 
increase over time and raise our selling, general and administrative expenses. We rely on third parties to provide 
payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic 
payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it 
could potentially disrupt our business. 

The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming 
increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the 
payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or 
if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by 
payment card issuing banks and other third parties or be subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to 
accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in 
certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment 
systems that may result in higher costs. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. 

Also, certain of the Company’s customers, suppliers or other third parties may seek to obtain products fraudulently 
from, or submit fraudulent invoices to, the Company. The Company has sought to put in place a number of 
processes and controls to minimize opportunities for fraud. However, if the Company is unsuccessful in detecting 
fraudulent activities, it could suffer loss directly and/or lose the confidence of its customers and/or suppliers, which 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. 

23

23

In addition, our operations are working capital intensive, and our inventories, accounts receivable and accounts 
payable are significant components of our net asset base. We manage our inventories and accounts payable through 
our purchasing policies and our accounts receivable through our customer credit policies. We perform periodic 
credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, and collateral is generally not required. We evaluate the 
collectability of accounts receivable based on numerous factors, including past transaction history with customers 
and their creditworthiness, and we provide a reserve for accounts that we believe to be uncollectible. A significant 
deterioration in the economy, including as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic or as a result of geopolitical 
conflicts, including the current conflict in Ukraine, could have an adverse effect on collecting our accounts 
receivable, including longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and defaults. If we fail to adequately manage 
our product purchasing or customer credit policies, our working capital and financial condition may be adversely 
affected.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on many sectors of the economy and it could have a 
material and adverse impact on our business and results of operations. 

As a result of government measures in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, we took a number of protective 
measures, but have since returned to normal operations. However, due to the unpredictability of the COVID-19 
pandemic, including the possibility of the spread of new variants of the coronavirus that may be resistant to currently 
approved vaccines, it is possible that protective measures could be reinstated and that we may be required to close 
branches, showrooms, distribution centers, or our other facilities. As a result, our net sales and operations could be 
disrupted and materially adversely affected. 

The COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in supply chain disruptions, could continue to cause supply chain 
disruption in the future. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in significant effects on the U.S. and Canadian 
economies, including due to the restrictive measures adopted to prevent its spread and general market 
unpredictability. 

Any prolonged continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic and any associated supply chain disruption, labor market 
impact, recession, or depression could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition 
and results of operations and may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk 
Factors” section.

People, products and facilities

In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate key associates, and the failure to do so could have an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our Executive Officers and Senior Management to run our business. As we develop new business 
models and new ways of working, we will need to develop suitable skill sets within our organization. Furthermore, 
as we continue to execute strategic change programs it is important that existing skill sets, talent and culture are 
retained. Failure to do so could delay the execution of strategic change programs, result in loss of institutional 
knowledge and reduce our supply of future management skill. In addition, our future success depends on our 
continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. The current market 
for such positions is highly competitive. Qualified individuals are in high demand and we may incur significant costs 
to attract and retain them. Moreover, the loss of any of our Senior Management or other key employees or our 
inability to recruit and develop mid-level managers could materially and adversely affect our ability to execute our 
business plan and we may be unable to find adequate replacements. 

We customarily negotiate employment agreements and non-competition agreements with key personnel of the 
companies we acquire in order to maintain key customer relationships and manage the transition of the acquired 
business. The loss of senior management and other key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified 
replacements, both generally and in connection with the execution of key business strategies could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

24

24

Furthermore, our ability to provide high-quality products, advice and services on a timely basis depends, to a 
significant extent, on having an adequate number of qualified associates, including those in managerial, technical, 
sales, marketing and support positions. Accordingly, our ability to increase productivity and profitability and support 
our growth strategies may be limited by our ability to employ, train, motivate and retain skilled personnel, which in 
turn may be hindered by any present or future restructurings and cost savings initiatives. Due to the current tight 
labor market, we face significant competition in attracting and retaining skilled personnel, such as personnel with 
specialized skills and hourly workers, and our recruiting cycle may be longer as a result. While our retention rates 
have not changed materially, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, extended lead times in 
backfilling our more transient roles. If the tight labor market persists, this may increase our costs to maintain our 
workforce. 

Our workforce constitutes a significant proportion of our cost base. Current wage inflation, as well as potential 
changes in applicable laws and regulations or other factors, such as labor union activity, resulting in increased labor 
costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product and service quality could damage our reputation and 
negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

To continue to be successful, we must continue to preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand in the 
marketplace. Reputational value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even an isolated 
incident, such as a high-profile product recall, or the aggregate effect of individually insignificant incidents, can 
erode trust and confidence, particularly if such incident or incidents result in adverse publicity, governmental 
investigations or litigation, and, as a result, could tarnish our brand and lead to adverse effects on our business. 

In particular, product quality and service issues, including as a result of our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ acts or 
omissions, could negatively impact customer confidence in our brands and our products. As we do not have direct 
control over the quality of the products manufactured or supplied by third-party suppliers, we are exposed to risks 
relating to the quality of the products we distribute. If our product or service offerings do not meet applicable safety 
standards or customers’ expectations regarding safety or quality, or are alleged to have quality issues or to have 
caused personal injury or other damage, we could experience lower net sales and increased costs and be exposed to 
legal, financial and reputational risks, as well as governmental enforcement actions. In addition, actual, potential or 
perceived product safety concerns could result in costly product recalls. Additionally, our suppliers are required to 
meet our expectations on responsible sourcing outlined in our Supplier Code of Conduct which covers multiple areas 
of compliance, including health and safety, environmental standards, compensation, hours of work, and prohibitions 
on child and forced labor. If we need to seek alternative sources of supply from vendors with whom we have less 
familiarity, the risk of our standards not being met may increase.

We seek to enter into contracts with suppliers which provide for indemnification from any costs associated with the 
provision of defective products. However, there can be no assurance that such contractual rights will be obtained or 
adequate, or that related indemnification claims will be successfully asserted by us. 

The nature of our operations may expose our associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals 
to health and safety risks and we may incur property, casualty or other losses not covered by our insurance 
policies and damage to our reputation. 

The nature of our operations can expose our associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals to 
risks, including the motoring public to health and safety risks (including potential exposure to COVID-19, related 
variants or other global pandemics, infectious diseases and viruses), which can lead to loss of life or severe injuries 
or illness. Such risks could harm our reputation and reduce customer demand and expose us to the potential for 
litigation from third parties. In the United States, in particular, the risk of litigation is generally higher than in other 
parts of our business in areas such as workers’ compensation, general liability and environmental and asbestos 
litigation. 

25

25

Although we maintain insurance we believe to be sufficient to cover estimated health and safety risks including 
product liability, health and safety in our operations, vehicle and driver related claims and other types of claims in 
various jurisdictions, there can be no assurance that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential 
claims. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification or insurance available, such claims could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We occupy most of our facilities under non-cancelable leases with terms of 10 years or less. We may be unable to 
renew leases on favorable terms or at all. Also, if we close a facility, we may remain obligated under the 
applicable lease.

Most of our branches are located in leased premises. Many of our current leases are non-cancelable and typically 
have terms of around three to 10 years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. There can be no 
assurance that we will be able to renew our current or future leases on favorable terms or at all which could have an 
adverse effect on our ability to operate our business and on our results of operations. In addition, if we close or cease 
to use a facility, we generally remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which 
include, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term.

We have risks related to the management and protection of our facilities and inventory.

We have office, showroom, counter, warehouse and distribution facilities located in all regions in which we operate 
which may be subject to a risk for crimes that could impact our operations, financial performance or reputation. No 
security or audit program is 100% effective, and there is a risk that our security programs will not prevent the 
occurrences of crimes of break-ins, theft, property damage, and workplace violence. In the current climate of 
geopolitical uncertainty and social unrest, a security compromise could result in significant facility damage or loss, 
loss of inventory or personal injury to customers, suppliers or associates. There is a risk that inventory controls and 
facility security will fail resulting in inventory shrinkage or loss due to inadequate inventory tracking or misconduct 
of associates, customers, vendors or other third parties. Moreover, our inventory is located across the Company’s 
distribution facilities and branches and the disaggregated nature of our inventory could result in a failure to 
accurately record the existence and condition of our inventory. Security incidents, inventory loss or failure to 
maintain accurate records related to our inventory could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations or reputation.

Regulatory and legal 

Changes in, or interpretations of, United States, United Kingdom, Swiss or Canadian tax laws could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We are subject to tax in the United States, the United Kingdom, Switzerland and Canada, and increases to U.S. 
federal income tax rates and tax rates in other jurisdictions in which we operate or changes to the global tax 
framework could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Tax laws, 
regulations and administrative practices in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without 
advance notice, due to economic, political and other conditions, including those resulting from an outbreak or 
resurgence of a global pandemic, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision and 
accruals for these taxes. 

26

26

Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as changes in tax laws, regulations, 
administrative practices, principles and interpretations, the mix and level of earnings in a given taxing jurisdiction or 
our ownership or capital structures. Proposed and recently enacted changes to the tax rules that apply to corporate 
income tax rates, a minimum tax on book income and changes that generally will increase the tax rates applicable to 
a U.S. corporation’s international income, could materially affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate. In 
December 2021, the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development published model rules that provided 
a template for countries to implement a new global minimum tax rate of 15%. In January 2022, the U.K. government 
opened a consultation on how the U.K. plans to implement the model rules, with guidance to accompany these rules 
published in March 2022. In July 2022, the U.K. government issued draft legislation to implement these rules and 
has confirmed that the final legislation will be effective for accounting periods beginning on or after December 31, 
2023. As a result, it is possible that the Company’s consolidated effective tax rate will increase in the short term. It is 
difficult to predict whether and when tax law changes that will be enacted or which have very recently been enacted 
without supporting regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. 

The Inflation Reduction Act was enacted on August 16, 2022. This law, among other provisions, provides a 
corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income, which is effective for us beginning with 
fiscal 2024, and an excise tax on corporate stock repurchases after December 31, 2022. While we believe that these 
tax law changes have no immediate effect and are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations going forward, it is unclear how this legislation will be implemented by the U.S. Department of Treasury 
and what, if any, impact it will have on our tax rate. We will continue to evaluate its impact as further information 
becomes available.

In addition, our location of tax residence could be challenged. If the Company were to cease, or failed, to maintain 
our place of central management and control in the location of our tax residency, our ability to rely on specific tax 
treaty benefits could be impacted, potentially causing withholding taxes on dividends and interest payments made by 
certain of our subsidiaries to increase while taxes on unrealized gains of the Company could possibly be imposed. 

The application of tax law is subject to interpretation. Additionally, administrative guidance can be incomplete or 
vary from legislative intent, and therefore the application of the tax law is uncertain. While we believe the positions 
reported by the Company comply with relevant tax laws and regulations, we could be subject to tax audits and 
taxing authorities could interpret our application of certain laws and regulations differently. Future tax controversy 
matters may result in previously unrecorded tax expenses, higher future tax expenses or the assessment of interest 
and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows.

Our own brand products subject us to certain increased risks such as regulatory, product liability and 
reputational risks that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition. 

As we expand our own brand product offerings organically and through acquisitions, we may become subject to 
increased risks due to our greater role in the design, marketing and sale of those products. The risks include greater 
responsibility to administer and comply with applicable regulatory requirements, increased potential product liability 
and product recall exposure, and increased potential reputational risks related to the responsible sourcing of those 
products. To effectively execute on our own brand product differentiation strategy, we must also be able to 
successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary 
rights of third parties. In addition, an increase in sales of our own brand products may adversely affect sales of our 
suppliers’ products, which in turn could adversely affect our relationships with certain of our suppliers. Any failure 
to appropriately address some or all of these risks could damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We are and may continue to be involved in legal proceedings in the course of our business, and while we cannot 
predict the outcomes of those proceedings and other contingencies with certainty, some of these outcomes may 
adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We are and may continue to be involved in legal proceedings such as consumer and employment and other litigation 
that arises from time to time in the course of our business. 

27

27

For example, as a result of our past business activities, we are exposed, principally through indemnification claims, 
to various claims related to asbestos, for which we recognized environmental and legal provisions amounting to 
$61 million on our balance sheet as of July 31, 2022. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash 
charges to earnings if any of these litigation matters are resolved on unfavorable terms, or if our estimates regarding 
legal provisions accounting or our insurance coverage are incorrect. Various factors could cause actual results to 
differ from these estimates. 

Litigation is inherently unpredictable, and the outcome of some of these proceedings and other contingencies could 
require us to take or refrain from taking actions which could adversely impact the business or could result in 
excessive verdicts. Any such outcome could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. Additionally, involvement in these lawsuits and related inquiries and other proceedings 
may involve significant expense, divert management’s attention and resources from other matters, and negatively 
affect our reputation.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to 
complex accounting matters, could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition. 

Accounting standards and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with 
regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as revenue recognition and net sales, asset 
impairment, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, inventories, lease obligations, self-insurance, tax 
matters, pensions and litigation, are complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments. 
Changes in accounting standards or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions and estimates or 
judgments could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition.

We are subject to various risks related to the local and international nature of our business, including domestic 
and foreign laws, regulations and standards. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations or the occurrence 
of unforeseen developments such as litigation could adversely affect our business. 

Our business operates in the United States and Canada, and is subject to specific risks of conducting business in 
different jurisdictions across these countries and other parts of the world, including China, Taiwan, India, Thailand, 
Vietnam, Italy, Turkey, and South Korea. Our business is subject to a wide array of domestic and international laws, 
regulations and standards in jurisdictions where we operate, including advertising and marketing regulations, anti-
bribery and corruption/money laundering laws, anti-competition regulations, data protection (including payment 
card industry data security standards) and cybersecurity requirements (including protection of information and 
incident responses), environmental protection laws, foreign exchange controls and cash repatriation restrictions, 
government business regulations applicable to us as a government contractor selling to federal, state and local 
government entities, import and export requirements, intellectual property laws, labor laws, product compliance 
laws, fleet and driver related laws, supplier regulations regarding the sources of supplies or products, tax laws, 
zoning laws, unclaimed property laws and laws, regulations and standards applicable to other commercial matters. In 
particular, occupational health and safety or consumer product safety regulation may require that we take 
appropriate corrective action, including but not limited to product recall, in respect of products that we have 
distributed. Managing a product recall or other corrective action can be expensive and can divert the attention of 
management and other personnel for significant time periods. Moreover, we are also subject to audits and inquiries 
by government agencies in the normal course of business.

Failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations and standards could result in civil, criminal, monetary and 
non-monetary penalties as well as potential damage to the Company’s reputation. Changes in these laws, regulations 
and standards, or in their interpretation, could increase the cost of doing business, including, among other factors, as 
a result of increased investments in technology and the development of new operational processes. Furthermore, 
while we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, regulations 
and standards, there can be no assurance that associates, contractors or agents will not violate such laws, regulations 
and standards or our policies. Any product recall or other corrective action may negatively affect customer 
confidence in the Company’s products and the Company itself, regardless of whether it is successfully implemented. 
Any such failure to comply or violation could individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

28

28

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

29

29

Item 2.

Properties

We maintain our principal executive offices at 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire, RG41 5TS, 
United Kingdom and our telephone number is +44 (0) 118 927 3800. 

As of July 31, 2022, we operated a total of 1,720 branches, of which 1,509 were located in the United States and 211 were 
located in Canada. As of July 31, 2022, approximately 18% of our United States branches and approximately 23% of our 
Canada branches were owned facilities, and the remainder of our United States and Canada facilities were leased. In addition, 
our United States business operates two MDCs in Denver, Colorado and Phoenix, Arizona for branch replenishment and final 
mile distribution to customers.

The following tables summarize the United States and Canada national distribution centers, as of July 31, 2022: 

United States:

Location
Fort Payne, AL
Stockton, CA (land)
Stockton, CA (building)
Perris, CA
Frostproof, FL
Waterloo, IA
Celina, OH
Coxsackie, NY
McGregor, TX
Front Royal, VA
Richland, WA

Square Feet
643,000
—
648,200
1,039,898
521,122
608,800
676,320
465,000
542,000
753,880
643,477

Leased/Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned

Canada: 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Location
Milton, ON

Square Feet
292,395

Leased/Owned
Leased

The Company is from time to time a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary 
course of business. With respect to such lawsuits, claims and proceedings, the Company records reserves when it is probable a 
liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company does not expect any of its 
pending legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The 
Company maintains liability insurance for certain risks that are subject to certain self-insurance limits.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

30

30

Part II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Market information

The principal United States trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the NYSE, where the Company’s shares are 
traded under the symbol “FERG.” The Company’s principal foreign public trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is 
the LSE, where the Company’s shares are traded under the symbol “FERG.”   

Holders

As of September 12, 2022, there were 4,412 holders of record of our ordinary shares.

Dividends

The Company maintains a policy that establishes priorities for the utilization of capital, which are focused on the following 
areas: (i) investing in the business and consistently generating above market organic net sales growth; (ii) funding a sustainable 
ordinary dividend; (iii) investing in acquisitions that meet our investment criteria; and (iv) returning any surplus capital beyond 
these needs to shareholders.

The Company currently anticipates that cash dividends will continue to be paid in the future in amounts comparable to 
dividends paid in prior periods. However, the Company will move to a quarterly interim dividend payment from a semi-annual 
distribution schedule. The Company expects to declare it first quarterly interim dividend in December 2022.

Equity compensation plan information

Our equity compensation plan information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in “Part III—
Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Annual 
Report.

Performance graph

This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any 
of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof 
and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s ordinary shares since July 
31, 2017, with the cumulative total return for the same period of the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Industrials Stock 
Index. The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our ordinary shares at the closing price of our ordinary shares on the LSE 
prior to the Company’s listing on the NYSE on March 11, 2021, and on the NYSE following such date, and in each of the 
indices as of the market close on July 31, 2017 and also assumes the reinvestment of dividends. Performance data for the 
Company is provided as of the last trading day of each relevant fiscal year. The share price performance graph is not 
necessarily indicative of future share price performance.

31

31

$300

$200

$100

07/31/17

07/31/18

07/31/19

07/31/20

07/31/21

07/31/22

Ferguson plc

S&P 500 Stock Index

S&P 500 Industrials Stock Index

Ferguson plc(1)
S&P 500 Stock Index
S&P 500 Industrials Stock Index

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

$100 
100
100

$133 
116
113

$130 
125
117

$185 
140
111

$302 
191
162

$277 
182
152

As of July 31, 

(1) LSE data used from August 1, 2017 through March 10, 2021 with GBP values converted to USD using the daily foreign 
exchange rate. NYSE data used from March 11, 2021 onwards.

Unregistered sales of equity securities and use of proceeds

None.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

(In millions, except share count and 
per share amount)
August 1 - August 31, 2021
September 1 - September 30, 2021
October 1 - October 31, 2021
November 1 - November 30, 2021
December 1 - December 31, 2021
January 1 - January 31, 2022
February 1 - February 28, 2022
March 1 - March 31, 2022
April 1 - April 30, 2022
May 1 - May 31, 2022
June 1 - June 30, 2022
July 1 - July 31, 2022

(a) Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased

(b) Average 
Prices Paid per 
Share

(c) Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Program(1)

(d) Maximum Value 
of Shares that May 
Yet To Be 
Purchased Under 
the Program(1)

0

30,000  
1,034,474  
760,430  
522,415  
978,048  
973,030  
1,200,042  
1,384,132  
1,929,115  
2,367,984  
833,510  
12,013,180  

$138.92 
142.55 
155.40 
165.69 
169.11 
152.95 
147.33 
130.97 
122.98 
119.69 
114.98 
$136.95 

30,000  
734,474  
660,430  
422,415  
878,048  
973,030  
1,200,042  
1,384,132  
1,929,115  
2,367,984  
833,510  

11,413,180

$996 
892 
789 
718 
571 
422 
1,245 
1,064 
827 
543 
447 

32

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) In September 2021, the Company announced a program to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of shares with the aim of 
completing the purchases within 12 months. In March 2022, the Company announced an increase of $1.0 billion to its share 
repurchase program, bringing the total to $2.0 billion. As of July 31, 2022, the Company has completed $1.5 billion of the 
announced $2.0 billion share repurchase program.

Taxation

United Kingdom taxation

The following statements are intended only as a general guide to certain U.K. tax considerations and do not purport to be a 
complete analysis of all potential U.K. tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of our ordinary shares. They are 
based on current U.K. law and what is understood to be the current practice of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) 
as at the date of this Annual Report, both of which may change, possibly with retroactive effect. They apply only to 
shareholders who are resident, and in the case of individuals domiciled, for tax purposes in (and only in) the U.K. (except 
insofar as express reference is made to the treatment of non-U.K. residents), who hold their ordinary shares as an investment 
(other than where a tax exemption applies, for example where the ordinary shares are held in an individual savings account or 
pension arrangement) and who are the absolute beneficial owner of both the ordinary shares and any dividends paid on them. 
The tax position of certain categories of shareholders who are subject to special rules is not considered (except insofar as 
express reference is made to the treatment of exempt shareholders) and it should be noted that they may incur liabilities to U.K. 
tax on a different basis to that described below. This includes persons acquiring their ordinary shares in connection with 
employment, dealers in securities, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, charities, exempt pension funds, and 
temporary non-residents and non-residents carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the U.K. 

The statements summarize the current position and are intended as a general guide only. Shareholders who are in any 
doubt as to their tax position or who may be subject to tax in a jurisdiction other than the U.K. are strongly 
recommended to consult their own professional advisers.

Income from ordinary shares

Ferguson is not required to withhold U.K. tax when paying a dividend. Liability to tax on dividends will depend upon the 
individual circumstances of a shareholder.

U.K. resident individual shareholders

Under current U.K. tax rules specific rates of tax apply to dividend income. These include a nil rate of tax (the “dividend 
allowance”) for the first £2,000 of non-exempt dividend income in any tax year and different rates of tax for dividend income 
that exceeds the dividend allowance. No tax credit attaches to dividend income. For these purposes “dividend income” includes 
U.K. and non-U.K. source dividends and certain other distributions in respect of shares.

An individual shareholder who is resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and who receives a dividend from Ferguson 
will not be liable to U.K. tax on the dividend to the extent that (taking account of any other non-exempt dividend income 
received by the shareholder in the same tax year) that dividend falls within the dividend allowance.

To the extent that (taking account of any other non-exempt dividend income received by the shareholder in the same tax year) 
the dividend exceeds the dividend allowance, it will be subject to income tax at 8.75% to the extent that it falls below the 
threshold for higher rate income tax. To the extent that (taking account of other non-exempt dividend income received by the 
shareholder in the same tax year) it falls above the threshold for higher rate income tax then the dividend will be taxed at 
33.75% to the extent that it is within the higher rate band, or 39.35% to the extent that it is within the additional rate band. For 
the purposes of determining which of the taxable bands dividend income falls into, dividend income is treated as the highest 
part of a shareholder’s income. In addition, dividends within the dividend allowance which would (if there was no dividend 
allowance) have fallen within the basic or higher rate bands will use up those bands respectively for the purposes of 
determining whether the threshold for higher rate or additional rate income tax is exceeded.

U.K. resident corporate shareholders

It is likely that most dividends paid on the ordinary shares to U.K. resident corporate shareholders would fall within one or 
more of the classes of dividend qualifying for exemption from corporation tax. However, it should be noted that the exemptions 
are not comprehensive and are also subject to anti-avoidance rules.

33

33

U.K. resident exempt shareholders

U.K. resident shareholders who are not liable to U.K. tax on dividends, including exempt pension funds and charities, are not 
entitled to any tax credit in respect of dividends paid by the Company.

Non-U.K. resident shareholders

No tax credit will attach to any dividend paid by the Company. A shareholder resident outside the U.K. may also be subject to 
non-U.K. taxation on dividend income under local law. A shareholder who is resident outside the U.K. for tax purposes should 
consult his or her own tax adviser concerning his or her tax position on dividends received from the Company.

Disposal of shares

U.K. resident shareholders

A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by a shareholder who is resident in the U.K. for tax purposes may, depending 
upon the shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any available exemption or relief (such as the annual exempt amount for 
individuals), give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. taxation of capital gains.

Non-U.K. resident shareholders

Shareholders who are not resident in the U.K. will not generally be subject to U.K. taxation of capital gains on the disposal or 
deemed disposal of ordinary shares unless they are carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the U.K. through a branch or 
agency (or, in the case of a corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) in connection with which the ordinary shares are 
used, held or acquired. Non-U.K. tax resident shareholders may be subject to non-U.K. taxation on any gain under local law.

An individual shareholder who has been resident for tax purposes in the U.K. but who ceases to be so resident or becomes 
treated as resident outside the U.K. for the purposes of a double tax treaty for a period of five years or less and who disposes of 
all or part of his or her ordinary shares during that period may be liable to capital gains tax on his or her return to the U.K., 
subject to any available exemptions or reliefs.

Stamp duty and SDRT

No U.K. stamp duty or Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”) will be payable in respect of transfers of the ordinary shares, 
provided that no written instrument of transfer is entered into (which should not be necessary). HMRC clearance was obtained 
by the Company confirming that agreements to transfer ordinary shares which are traded on the LSE and settled by way of 
depository interests (“DIs”) will not be subject to U.K. SDRT.

If the ordinary shares were transferred by way of written instrument, then U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% (rounded up to 
the next multiple of £5) of the amount or value of the consideration given would in principle be payable, if the instrument of 
transfer was executed in the U.K. or related “to any matter or thing done or to be done” in the U.K.

Inheritance tax

Liability to U.K. inheritance tax may arise in respect of ordinary shares on the death of, or on a gift of ordinary shares by, an 
individual holder of such ordinary shares who is domiciled, or deemed to be domiciled, in the U.K.

The ordinary shares, if held directly, rather than as DIs, should not be assets situated in the U.K. for the purposes of U.K. 
inheritance tax. Accordingly, neither the death of a holder of such ordinary shares nor a gift of such ordinary shares by a holder 
should give rise to a liability to U.K. inheritance tax if the holder is neither domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled in the U.K. 
However, DIs may be treated as assets situated in the U.K. for the purposes of U.K. inheritance tax. Accordingly, the death of a 
holder of DIs or a gift of DIs by a holder may give rise to a liability to U.K. inheritance tax, even if the holder is neither 
domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled in the U.K.

For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of assets at less than full market value may be treated as a gift and particular rules apply 
to gifts where the donor reserves or retains some benefit. Special rules also apply to close companies and to trustees of 
settlements who hold ordinary shares, bringing them within the charge to inheritance tax. Shareholders should consult an 
appropriate tax adviser if they make a gift or transfer at less than full market value or if they intend to hold any ordinary shares 
or DIs through trust arrangements.

34

34

Jersey taxation

The following summary of the anticipated treatment of the Company and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of 
Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law and practice as they are understood to apply at the date of this Annual Report and is 
subject to changes in such taxation law and practice. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not address all aspects of 
Jersey tax law and practice. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their professional advisers on the implications of 
acquiring, buying, selling or otherwise disposing of ordinary shares under the laws of any jurisdiction in which they may be 
liable to taxation.

Taxation of the Company

The Company is not regarded as resident for tax purposes in Jersey. Therefore, the Company will not be liable to Jersey income 
tax other than on Jersey source income (except where such income is exempted from income tax pursuant to the Income Tax 
(Jersey) Law 1961, as amended) and dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by the Company without withholding or 
deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax.

The holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, 
sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares. 

There is no reciprocal tax treaty between the United States and Jersey regarding withholding tax.

Stamp duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey 
grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a 
holder of such ordinary shares.

In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever 
situated in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary 
shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate and such duty is capped 
at £100,000.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there other estate duties.

If you are in any doubt as to your tax position you should consult your professional tax adviser.

United States taxation

U.S. Holders

The following is a general summary based on present law of certain United States federal income tax considerations relevant to 
the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below). It addresses only U.S. Holders (as 
defined below) that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code 
of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and that use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

This summary is for general information only and is not a substitute for tax advice. It is not a complete description of all of the 
tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular U.S. Holder. It does not address all of the considerations relevant to U.S. 
Holders subject to special tax regimes, such as banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in currencies 
and securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, regulated investment companies, real estate investment 
trusts, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax-deferred accounts, pass-through entities 
(including S-corporations), entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes, 
United States expatriates, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, persons holding our ordinary shares as part of a hedge, 
straddle, conversion or other integrated financial transaction, persons holding ordinary shares through a permanent 
establishment or fixed base outside the United States, persons who acquired their ordinary shares through the exercise of an 
employee share option or otherwise as compensation, or persons that own directly, indirectly or constructively 5% or more (by 
voting power or value) of the equity interests of the Company. This summary does not address any United States federal taxes 
other than the income tax (such as estate and gift tax), any United States state and local tax considerations, any non-United 
States tax considerations, or any considerations relating to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) (by which we 
mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance thereunder, and any 
intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection therewith). This summary also does not apply to any person other than 
a U.S. Holder (as defined below).

35

35

The discussion is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, the administrative 
practices published by the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and U.S. judicial decisions, all of which are 
subject to change. This discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed 
legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time.

As used here, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that for United States federal income tax purposes 
is (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation organized in or under the laws of the United States, 
any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust subject to the control of a United States person and the primary 
supervision of a United States court or (iv) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation 
regardless of its source.

The United States federal tax consequences to a partner in a partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and 
the activities of the partnership. U.S. Holders that are partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisers about the tax 
consequences to their partners of owning or disposing of our ordinary shares.

The Company believes, and this discussion assumes, that the Company is not, nor has it been, a passive foreign investment 
company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. In addition, the Company believes, and this discussion 
assumes, that the Company will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. The Company’s status as 
a PFIC must be determined annually, and it therefore could change. If the Company has been a PFIC for any year during a U.S. 
Holder’s holding period, or if the Company were to be a PFIC in any year during any U.S. Holder’s holding period, such U.S. 
Holder could suffer material adverse tax consequences. Each current or potential investor who is a U.S. Holder should consult 
its own tax adviser regarding the application and tax consequences of the PFIC rules and the risk that the Company is or may 
become a PFIC.

The Company also believes, and this discussion also assumes, that the Company will be treated as a non-U.S. corporation for 
U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends on ordinary shares

U.S. Holders generally must include dividends paid on our ordinary shares in their gross income as ordinary income from 
foreign sources. Generally, distributions in excess of a corporation’s current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated as 
a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. However, the 
Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax 
principles. U.S. Holders therefore should assume that any distribution by the Company with respect to our ordinary shares will 
be treated as ordinary dividend income. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available 
to United States corporations. However, dividends should be eligible for the reduced rate on qualified dividend income 
available to certain eligible non-corporate U.S. Holders that satisfy a minimum holding period and other generally applicable 
requirements if the Company qualifies for benefits under the income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United 
States (the “US-UK Treaty”). The Company expects to qualify for benefits under the US-UK Treaty.

Dividends paid to U.S. Holders in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be includible in income in a U.S. dollar amount 
determined at the spot rate on the date of receipt whether or not converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder will 
have a basis in the non-United States currency received equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Gain or loss on a 
subsequent conversion or other disposition of the non-United States currency for a different amount generally will be treated as 
ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Dispositions of ordinary shares

U.S. Holders generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in an amount 
equal to the difference between their adjusted tax basis in the shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized. Any gain 
will be a long-term gain if the U.S. Holder has held the ordinary shares for a period longer than one year. Any loss will be a 
long-term loss if the U.S. Holder has held the ordinary shares for a period longer than one year. Deductions for capital losses 
are subject to limitations. Any gain or loss generally will be treated as arising from United States sources. U.S. Holders should 
consult their tax advisers regarding any special rules relating to “extraordinary dividends” that may be potentially applicable to 
them if they have received a dividend from the Company in an amount greater than 10% of that U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its 
ordinary shares.  

36

36

A U.S. Holder that receives a currency other than U.S. dollars in exchange for its shares will realize an amount equal to the U.S. 
dollar value of the currency received at the spot rate on the date of disposition (or, if the shares are traded on an established 
securities market and a U.S. Holder is a cash-basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, at the spot rate on the settlement date). A 
U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the currency received equal to the U.S. dollar value of the currency on the settlement date. 
Any currency gain or loss realized on the settlement date or on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the currency for 
a different U.S. dollar amount generally will be United States source ordinary income or loss.

Gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares will generally be treated as US-source gain or 
loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare tax on net investment income

Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to a 3.8% surtax on their 
“net investment income” (which generally includes, among other things, dividends on, and capital and foreign currency gain 
from, the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares). Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers 
regarding the possible effect of such tax on their ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Dividends on our ordinary shares and proceeds from the disposition of such shares may be reported to the IRS. Backup 
withholding tax may apply to amounts subject to reporting if the holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification 
number on a properly complete IRS Form W-9 or to meet other conditions (or, in the case of a beneficial owner of our ordinary 
shares that is not a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if such beneficial owner fails to properly certify 
its status as not a United States person, for example by providing an appropriate and properly completed IRS Form W-8, or to 
otherwise establish an exemption). The amount of any backup withholding tax may be credited against or refunded to the extent 
it exceeds the holder’s United States federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to 
the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report to the IRS information about their investment in ordinary shares not held through an 
account with a domestic financial institution. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to 
substantial penalties. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers about these and any other reporting requirements arising 
from their investment in our ordinary shares.

Item 6.

[Reserved].

37

37

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) is intended to convey 
management’s perspective regarding operational and financial performance for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020. Effective August 1, 
2021, the Company transitioned from IFRS to U.S. GAAP. The accompanying MD&A, including all periods presented, have 
been presented and analyzed under U.S. GAAP. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of the Annual Report.

The following discussion contains trend information and forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially 
from those discussed in these forward-looking statements, as well as from our historical performance, due to various factors, 
including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary” 
and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

Ferguson is a value-added distributor in North America providing expertise, solutions and products from infrastructure, 
plumbing and appliances to HVAC, fire, fabrication and more. Ferguson is headquartered in the U.K., with its operations and 
associates solely focused on North America and managed from Newport News, Virginia.

The following table presents highlights of our annual performance:

(In millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales
Income from continuing operations

For the years ended July 31,
2021
$22,792 
1,630 

2022
$28,566 
2,099 

2020
$19,940 
973 

Earnings per share from continuing operations - Diluted

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

Supplemental non-GAAP financial measures:(1)
Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted earnings per share - diluted

9.59 

1,149 

2,951 
9.76 

7.25 

1,337 

2,092 
6.75 

4.29 

1,452 

1,587 
5.04 

(1) The Company uses certain non-GAAP measures, which are not defined or specified under U.S. GAAP. See the section titled “Non-GAAP 

Reconciliations and Supplementary Information.”

For fiscal 2022, net sales increased by 25.3% driven by our ability to manage and pass on price inflation (approximately 19%) 
and volume growth across our residential and non-residential end markets in both the U.S. and Canada compared to fiscal 2021.

For fiscal 2022, income from continuing operations increased 28.8% to $2.1 billion compared to $1.6 billion in fiscal 2021. 
Adjusted operating profit increased by 41.1% to $3.0 billion compared to $2.1 billion in fiscal 2021 reflecting gross profit 
generated from sales growth as well as disciplined cost control of operating expenses. 

For fiscal 2022, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $9.59 (adjusted diluted earnings per share: $9.76) 
and increased 32.3% over the prior year (44.6% on an adjusted basis) driven by growth in income from continuing operations, 
as well as the impact from the $1.5 billion in share repurchases as part of the Company’s $2 billion share repurchase program. 

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations decreased to $1.1 billion for fiscal 2022 compared to $1.3 
billion for fiscal 2021, primarily reflecting improved cash earnings more than offset by investments in working capital 
compared to 2021. During fiscal 2022, the Company invested $650 million in new acquisitions. 

We also transitioned our primary listing from the LSE to the NYSE effective May 12, 2022. 

38

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

Fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021

The table below summarizes the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the periods indicated.

(In millions)
Net sales
Cost of sales
   Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
   Operating profit
Interest expense, net
Other (expense) income, net
   Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$28,566 
(19,810)   
8,756 
(5,635)   
(301)   
2,820 
(111)   
(1)   

2,708 
(609)   

$22,792 
(15,812)   
6,980 
(4,732)   
(298)   
1,950 

(98)   
10 
1,862 
(232)   

$2,099 

$1,630 

$19,940 
(13,957) 
5,983 
(4,329) 
(282) 
1,372 
(93) 
(7) 
1,272 
(299) 
$973 

Net sales were $28.6 billion in fiscal 2022, an increase of $5.8 billion, or 25.3%, compared with the same period in 2021. The 
increase in net sales was primarily driven by price inflation and higher volume, collectively contributing $5.4 billion, within 
both residential and non-residential end markets, as well as acquisitions which contributed $0.4 billion. The Company’s sales 
within its residential markets grew in both RMI and new construction, particularly in the first half of fiscal 2022, and non-
residential markets also grew, particularly within the civil/infrastructure market compared to fiscal 2021. The impact of price 
inflation was approximately 19% for fiscal 2022.

Gross profit was $8.8 billion in fiscal 2022, an increase of $1.8 billion, or 25.4%, compared with fiscal 2021, reflecting 
increased net sales. The gross profit margin of 30.7% increased 10 basis points from 30.6% in the prior year, due to price 
realization, particularly during the first half of fiscal 2022, being partially offset by business mix and commodity pricing during 
the second half of the year. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $5.6 billion in fiscal 2022, an increase of $903 million, or 19.1%, 
compared with fiscal 2021. The increase in SG&A was primarily driven by higher variable costs (due to the overall growth in 
net sales), particularly labor, infrastructure and distribution-related costs. While the Company incurred higher variable costs in 
connection with net sales growth, SG&A of 19.1% was below net sales growth of 25.3%, generating strong operating cost 
leverage.

Net interest expense was $111 million in fiscal 2022, an increase of $13 million, or 13.3% compared with fiscal 2021. The 
increase was primarily due to a net increase in debt in connection with the Company’s $1.0 billion bond offering at the end of 
the third quarter of fiscal 2022.

Income tax expense was $609 million for fiscal 2022, an increase of $377 million, or 162.5%, compared with fiscal 2021. The 
Company’s effective tax rate attributable to continuing operations was 22.5% for fiscal 2022 compared with 12.5% for fiscal 
2021. The increase in income tax expense was primarily driven by increases in pre-tax income in fiscal 2022 as well as the 
release of provisions against uncertain tax positions following the closure of tax authority audits and the lapsing of statute of 
limitations periods in 2021, which did not recur in 2022 to the same level of magnitude. The increase in the effective tax rate 
was primarily driven by the release of provisions against uncertain tax positions in 2021 which did not recur to the same level 
of magnitude in 2022.

Income from continuing operations for fiscal 2022 was $2.1 billion, an increase of $469 million, or 28.8%, compared with 
fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily a result of net sales growth while improving operating cost leverage.

39

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 

Net sales were $22.8 billion in fiscal 2021, an increase of $2.9 billion, or 14.3%, compared with fiscal 2020. The increase in net 
sales attributed to higher volume and price inflation totaled $2.6 billion, due principally to strong growth in residential markets 
compared with fiscal 2020, net sales from acquisitions of $290 million and $60 million from foreign currency translation. These 
increases were partially offset by $92 million due to the impact of one less trading day in 2021 compared with 2020. The 
impact of price inflation was approximately 3% in fiscal 2021.

Gross profit was $7.0 billion in fiscal 2021, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 16.7%, compared with fiscal 2020. The gross profit 
margin of 30.6% increased 60 basis points from 30.0% in fiscal 2020 primarily due to managing price inflation, reflecting the 
strength of the Company’s supply chain.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $4.7 billion for fiscal 2021, an increase of $403 million, or 9.3%, compared 
with fiscal 2020. This increase was driven by higher sales volumes and was primarily due to higher overall variable labor and 
other costs compared with fiscal 2020. While the Company incurred higher variable costs, SG&A cost growth of 9.3% was 
below net sales growth of 14.3% compared with fiscal 2020, generating strong operating cost leverage.

Net interest expense was $98 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of $5 million compared with fiscal 2020, mainly due to higher 
interest income in 2020.

Other income was $10 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of $17 million compared with fiscal 2020. This increase is primarily 
due to items recorded in 2020 that did not recur in 2021. In 2020, the Company recorded $22 million in impairments, partially 
offset by a $7 million disposal gain, in connection with the Company’s interests in investees. 

Income tax expense was $232 million for fiscal 2021, a decrease of $67 million, or 22.4%, compared with fiscal 2020. The 
Company’s effective tax rate attributable to continuing operations was 12.5% for fiscal 2021 compared with 23.5% for fiscal 
2020. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a release of provisions against uncertain tax positions 
following the closure of tax authority audits and the lapsing of the statute of limitations periods. The impact of these items was 
partially offset by the tax effect of the increase in pre-tax earnings.

Income from continuing operations for fiscal 2021 was $1.6 billion, an increase of $657 million, or 67.5%, compared with 
fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily due to net sales growth and gross margin expansion while improving operating cost 
leverage.

Losses in connection with discontinued operations for fiscal 2021 were $158 million, primarily reflecting the sale of the U.K. 
business during the first half of fiscal 2021. See note 17 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8: 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report. 

Segments

The Company’s reportable segments are the United States and Canada based on how the Company manages its business and 
allocates resources, which is on a geographical basis. The Company’s measure of segment profit is adjusted operating profit 
which is defined as profit before tax, excluding central and other costs, restructuring costs, amortization of acquired intangible 
assets, net interest expenses, as well as other items typically recorded in net other (expense) income such as (loss)/gain on 
disposal of businesses, pension plan changes/closure costs and amounts recorded in connection with the Company’s interests in 
investees. For further segment information, see note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8: 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report. 

Segment results of operations for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021

United States

(In millions)
Net sales
Adjusted operating profit

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

$27,067 
2,893 

$21,478 
2,070 

40

40

 
 
 
 
 
Net sales for the United States segment were $27.1 billion in fiscal 2022, an increase of $5.6 billion, or 26.0%, compared with 
the prior year. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by price inflation and higher volume, collectively contributing 
$5.2 billion, within both residential and non-residential end markets as well as acquisitions which contributed $0.4 billion. The 
Company’s sales within its residential markets increased by 22.2% driven by growth in both RMI and new construction, 
particularly in the first half of fiscal 2022 while non-residential markets increased by 30.8%, particularly within the civil/
infrastructure market compared to fiscal 2021. The impact of price inflation was approximately 20% for fiscal 2022.

The following table illustrates net sales growth by end market: 

Residential
Non-residential

Total

% of 
United States 
segment
net sales 
Fiscal 2022

United States 
segment
net sales 
growth
Fiscal 2022

 54 %
 46 

 22.2 %
 30.8 
 26.0 %

Adjusted operating profit for the United States segment was $2.9 billion for fiscal 2022, an increase of $823 million, or 39.8%, 
compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to net sales growth of 26.0% while improving operating cost 
leverage through well-controlled operating cost growth of only 19.4%.

Canada

(In millions)
Net sales
Adjusted operating profit

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

$1,499 
112 

$1,314 
76 

Net sales for the Canada segment were $1.5 billion in fiscal 2022, an increase of $185 million, or 14.1%, compared with fiscal 
2021. The increase in net sales was primarily due to sales price inflation of approximately 13% in fiscal 2022.

Adjusted operating profit for the Canada segment was $112 million in fiscal 2022, an increase of $36 million, or 47.4%, 
compared with fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily due to gross margin expansion and operating cost leverage.

Segment results of operations for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 

United States

(In millions)
Net sales
Adjusted operating profit

For the years ended July 31,

2021

2020

$21,478 
2,070 

$18,857 
1,586 

Net sales for the United States segment were $21.5 billion in fiscal 2021, an increase of $2.6 billion, or 13.9%, compared with 
fiscal 2020. The increase in net sales attributed to higher sales volume and price inflation totaled $2.4 billion, due principally to 
strong growth in residential markets compared to fiscal 2020, and net sales from acquisitions of $290 million. These increases 
were partially offset by $81 million due to the impact of one less trading day in 2021 compared with 2020. The impact of price 
inflation was approximately 3% in fiscal 2021.

41

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table illustrates net sales growth by end market: 

Residential
Non-residential

Total

% of 
United States 
segment
net sales 
Fiscal 2021

United States 
segment
net sales 
growth
Fiscal 2021

 56 %
 44 

 19 %
 8 
13.9%

In fiscal 2021, net sales from the residential end market grew 19% compared to fiscal 2020 driven by increases in residential 
new housing starts and permits as well as growth in residential RMI, particularly during the second half of fiscal 2021 as the 
project-minded consumer and light decorative pro continued to drive increased e-commerce net sales. Our net sales from non-
residential end markets grew 8% compared with fiscal 2020, primarily driven by growth in commercial and civil/infrastructure 
in the second half of fiscal 2021 as project related work increased with more U.S. markets reopening following the prior year 
impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Adjusted operating profit for the United States segment was $2.1 billion for fiscal 2021, an increase of $484 million, or 30.5%, 
compared with fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily due to net sales growth in residential markets, as well as overall gross 
margin expansion while improving operating cost leverage.

Canada

(In millions)
Net sales
Adjusted operating profit

For the years ended July 31,

2021

2020

$1,314 
76 

$1,083 
43 

Net sales for the Canada segment were $1.3 billion in fiscal 2021, an increase of $231 million, or 21.3%, compared with fiscal 
2020. The increase in net sales was primarily due to higher sales volume and sales price inflation of $182 million driven by 
improved sales in the residential markets, as well as $60 million due to the impact of foreign currency translation. These 
increases were partially offset by $11 million due to one less trading day. The impact of price inflation was approximately 4% 
in fiscal 2021.

Adjusted operating profit for the Canada segment was $76 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of $33 million, or 76.7%, 
compared with fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily due to net sales growth in residential markets and overall gross margin 
expansion while maintaining operating cost leverage.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations and Supplementary Information

The Company reports its financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, the Company believes certain non-GAAP 
financial measures provide users of the Company’s financial information with additional meaningful information to assist in 
understanding financial results and assessing the Company’s performance from period to period. These non-GAAP measures 
include adjusted operating profit, adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per share (“adjusted EPS”) - basic and adjusted EPS -
diluted. Management believes these measures are important indicators of operations because they exclude items that may not be 
indicative of our core operating results and provide a better baseline for analyzing trends in our underlying businesses, and they 
are consistent with how business performance is planned, reported and assessed internally by management and the Board. Such 
non-GAAP adjustments include: amortization of acquired intangible assets, discrete tax items, business restructuring charges, 
corporate restructuring charges which includes costs associated with the Company’s listing in the United States, gains or losses 
on the disposals of businesses which by their nature do not reflect primary operations and certain other items deemed non-
recurring in nature and/or that are not a result of the Company’s primary operations. Because non-GAAP financial measures are 
not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial 
measures having the same or similar names. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a 
substitute for results reported under U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing 
aspects of operations that, when viewed with U.S. GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of the business. The 
Company strongly encourages investors and shareholders to review Company financial statements and publicly filed reports in 
their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

42

42

 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of net income to adjusted operating profit

The following table reconciles net income (U.S. GAAP) to adjusted operating profit (non-GAAP):

(In millions)
Net income
  (Income) loss, discontinued operations (net of tax)
   Provision for income taxes
   Interest expense, net
   Other (income) loss

Business restructurings(1)
Corporate restructurings(2)

   Amortization of acquired intangibles
Adjusted operating profit

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$2,122 

(23)   
609 
111 
1 
— 
17 
114 
2,951 

$1,472 
158 
232 
98 
(10)   
(11)   
22 
131 
2,092 

$961 
12 
299 
93 
7 
72 
29 
114
1,587

(1) For fiscal 2021, business restructuring reflects the release of provisions in connection with previously anticipated 

COVID-19 cost actions recorded in fiscal 2020. For fiscal 2020, business restructuring principally comprised costs 
incurred in the United States and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business was appropriately sized for 
the post COVID-19 operating environment.

(2) For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, corporate restructuring costs primarily related to the incremental costs of the Company’s 

listing in the United States.

Reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income and adjusted EPS

The following table reconciles net income (U.S. GAAP) to adjusted net income and adjusted EPS – basic and adjusted EPS – 
diluted (non-GAAP):

(In millions)
Net income

(Income) loss from discontinued operations (net of tax)

Income from continuing operations

Business restructurings(1)
Corporate restructurings(2)
Impairment of equity method investments
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Gain on disposal of interests in investees and other investments
Discrete tax adjustments(3)
Tax impact on non-GAAP adjustments(4)

Adjusted net income

Adjusted earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$2,122 

(23)   

2,099 
— 
17 
— 
114 
— 
(72)   
(21)   

$1,472 
158 
1,630 

(11)   
22 
— 
131 
— 
(203)   
(51)   

$2,137 

$1,518 

$9.82 
$9.76 

217.7 
218.9 

$6.79 
$6.75 

223.5 
224.8 

$961 
12 
973
72 
29 
22 
114 
(7) 
(3) 
(56) 
$1,144 

$5.09 
$5.04 

224.8 
226.8 

(1) For fiscal 2021, business restructuring reflects the release of provisions in connection with previously anticipated 

COVID-19 cost actions recorded in fiscal 2020. For fiscal 2020, business restructuring principally comprised costs 
incurred in the United States and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business was appropriately sized for 
the post COVID-19 operating environment.

43

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, corporate restructuring costs primarily related to the incremental costs of the Company’s 

listing in the United States.

(3)

In fiscal 2022, the discrete tax adjustments primarily relate to the release of uncertain tax positions following the closure 
of tax audits and prior year adjustments, including amended tax return items. In fiscal 2021, the discrete tax adjustments 
primarily relate to the release of uncertain tax positions following the closure of tax audits, as well as the impact of 
changes in tax rates. In fiscal 2020, the discrete tax adjustments relate primarily to changes in tax rates.

(4) Represents the tax impact of non-GAAP adjustments, primarily the tax impact on the amortization of acquired intangibles.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company believes its current cash position coupled with cash flow anticipated to be generated from operations and access 
to capital should be sufficient to meet its operating cash requirements for the next 12 months and will also enable the Company 
to invest and fund acquisitions, capital expenditures, dividend payments, share repurchases, required debt payments and other 
contractual obligations through the next several fiscal years. The Company also anticipates that it has the ability to obtain 
alternative sources of financing, if necessary.

Cash flows

As of July 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $771 million and $1.3 billion, respectively. 

As of July 31, 2022, the Company’s total debt was $3.9 billion. In addition, the Company had $2.6 billion of available liquidity, 
comprising readily available cash to fund operations of $673 million, excluding cash of $98 million used to collateralize letters 
of credit on behalf of Ferguson Insurance Limited, and $1.9 billion of undrawn facilities. The Company anticipates that it will 
be able to meet its debt obligations as they become due.

Cash flows from operating activities

(In millions)

   Net cash provided by operating activities

2022

As of July 31,
2021

2020

$1,149 

$1,382 

$1,545 

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $1.1  billion  in  fiscal  2022  and  $1.4  billion  in  fiscal  2021.  The  $233  million 
decrease was primarily driven by changes in working capital, partially offset by an increase to net income compared to fiscal 
2021. Working capital was impacted by higher investment in inventory during fiscal 2022 in our efforts to maintain product 
availability  to  service  our  customers  during  a  time  of  industry  supply  chain  disruption  as  well  as  by  the  timing  of  vendor 
payments.

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $1.4  billion  in  fiscal  2021  and  $1.5  billion  in  fiscal  2020.  The  $163  million 
decrease was principally due to investment in working capital, specifically inventory, to maintain product availability to service 
our customers during a time of industry supply chain disruption, as well as an increase in accounts receivable due to timing of 
net sales in light of the COVID-19 pandemic that was more impactful in the second half of fiscal 2020 than fiscal 2021. Cash 
flow from discontinued operations decreased $48 million. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in trade payables 
and accrued liabilities of $1.1 billion, primarily driven by the current investment in inventory. 

Cash flows from investing activities 

(In millions)

   Net cash used in investing activities

2022

As of July 31,
2021

2020

($922)   

($125)   

($571) 

The Company has historically generated growth organically, as well as through selective acquisitions. During fiscal years 2022, 
2021 and 2020, the Company invested $650 million, $286 million and $271 million, respectively, in new acquisitions.

Our strategy of investing in the development of the Company’s business models is supported by capital expenditure. Capital 
expenditure totaled $290 million, $241 million and $283 million in fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively. These 
investments were primarily for strategic projects to support future growth, such as new MDCs, distribution hubs and 
technology.

44

44

 
 
 
 
Partially offsetting the capital spending were proceeds from the sale of long-term assets and investments in investees of $4 
million, $18 million and $45 million in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In addition, the Company completed a number of disposals in fiscal 2021 and 2020, most significantly the sale of its U.K. 
business for proceeds of $380 million on January 29, 2021, in order to focus its business on North America. In 2022, the 
Company received proceeds related to property which was sold in connection with a previously discontinued operation in a 
prior year. Net cash flow from investing activities related to discontinued operations was an inflow of $24 million, $390 
million, and an outflow of $57 million during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Cash flows from financing activities 

(In millions)

   Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

2022

($744) 

As of July 31,
2021
($2,051) 

2020

$4 

Net cash used in financing activities was $744 million in fiscal 2022 compared to $2,051 million in fiscal 2021. The decrease in 
cash used in financing activities was primarily driven by higher proceeds from debt due to the $1.0 billion bond offering in 
fiscal 2022, additional net borrowings of $455 million under the Company’s Receivables Facility (as defined below) and $498 
million in lower dividends paid in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 due to a special dividend which was paid in connection 
with the sale of the U.K. business and higher final dividend paid in fiscal 2021 due to the suspension of the interim dividend 
during fiscal 2020 in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. These increases were partially offset by the Company’s $1.2 billion 
higher share repurchases in fiscal 2022. 

Net cash used in financing activities was $2,051 million in fiscal 2021 compared to a cash inflow of $4 million in fiscal 2020. 
The decrease in cash flows from financing activities was primarily driven by $709 million in higher dividends paid in fiscal 
2021 due to suspension of the interim dividend in fiscal 2020 in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the special 
dividend paid in fiscal 2021 in connection with the sale of the U.K. business. In addition, the Company had $974 million in 
lower net proceeds from borrowings in 2021, partially offset by $77 million less share repurchases.

Reinvestment of unremitted earnings

We consider foreign earnings of specific subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. These permanently reinvested earnings of 
foreign subsidiaries at July 31, 2022 amounted to $658 million (2021: $551 million). If at some future date, the Company 
ceases to be permanently reinvested in these foreign subsidiaries, the Company may be subject to foreign withholding and other 
taxes on these undistributed earnings and may need to record a deferred tax liability for any outside basis difference on these 
specific foreign subsidiaries.

Debt facilities

The following section summarizes certain material provisions of our debt facilities and long-term debt obligations. The 
following description is only a summary, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
documents governing such indebtedness. 

(In millions)
Debt facilities

Private Placement Notes

As of July 31,

2022

2021

3,929 

2,512 

In June 2015 and November 2017, Wolseley Capital, Inc. (“Wolseley Capital”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, 
privately placed fixed rate notes in an aggregate principal amount of $800 million and $355 million, respectively, (collectively, 
the “Private Placement Notes”). Interest on the Private Placement Notes is payable semi-annually. There was an additional $95 
million of variable rate notes issued in November 2017 that were re-paid in fiscal 2021.

45

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes

Ferguson Finance plc (“Ferguson Finance”) has issued the following unsecured senior notes (collectively, the “Unsecured 
Senior Notes”):

•

•

•

April  2022:  $300  million  of  4.25%  notes  due  April  2027  and  $700  million  of  4.65%  notes  due  April  2032.  The 
combined net proceeds were $989 million;

June 2020: $600 million of 3.25% notes due June 2030; and

October 2018: $750 million of 4.50% notes due October 2028.

The Unsecured Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a direct, unsubordinated and unsecured senior basis 
by  the  Company  and  generally  carry  the  same  terms  and  conditions  with  interest  paid  semi-annually.  The  Unsecured  Senior 
Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part (i) at 100% of the principal amount on the notes being redeemed plus a “make-
whole” prepayment premium at any time prior to three months before the maturity date (the “Notes Par Call Date”) or (ii) after 
the Notes Par Call Date at 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 
principal  being  redeemed.  The  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  include  covenants,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  which  include 
limitations on the granting of liens and on mergers and acquisitions.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Revolving Facility Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Revolving Facility”), dated March 10, 2020, among the 
Company, Ferguson UK Holdings Limited, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent of the lenders party thereto, 
consists of a $1.1 billion unsecured, revolving loan facility, which terminates in March 2026. The Revolving Facility includes 
an uncommitted accordion feature that permits the Company to request that the total commitments thereunder be increased by 
an aggregate amount not to exceed $250 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. Borrowings are available 
to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of LIBOR, plus an applicable margin 
determined based on our public credit ratings. We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee and utilization fee in certain 
circumstances. All obligations under the Revolving Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and Ferguson UK 
Holdings Limited, to the extent each entity is not the borrower with respect to such obligation. 

The Revolving Facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants, as well as certain customary negative covenants that, 
among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, 
grant  liens  on  present  or  future  assets  and  revenues,  sell  assets,  or  engage  in  acquisitions,  mergers  or  consolidations.  The 
Revolving Facility  also contains certain  events of default, cross-default provisions and cross-acceleration provisions  (in each 
case, with certain grace periods and thresholds).

As of July 31, 2022 and 2021, no borrowings were outstanding under the Revolving Facility.

Bilateral Loan

The  Company  maintains  an  unsecured  $500  million  364-day  revolving  facility  agreement  with  Sumitomo  Mitsui  Banking 
Corporation, London Branch, as lead arranger, the lenders party thereto, and SMBC Bank International PLC, as agent for the 
lenders, which expires in March 2023 (the “Bilateral Loan Agreement”).  The Bilateral Loan Agreement includes an extension 
feature that permits the Company, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the Bilateral Loan Agreement, to request that the 
termination date thereunder be extended for a further period of 364 days, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. 
Borrowings are available to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of Term 
SOFR, plus a margin and variable credit adjustment spread depending on the interest period. We are required to pay a quarterly 
commitment fee.  All obligations under the Bilateral Loan Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company, to the 
extent  the  Company  is  not  the  borrower  with  respect  to  such  obligation.  The  Bilateral  Loan  Agreement  contains  certain 
affirmative  and  negative  covenants  and  events  of  default  that  are  substantially  similar  to  those  contained  in  the  Revolving 
Facility. 

As of July 31, 2022 and 2021, no borrowings were outstanding under the Bilateral Loan Agreement. 

Receivable Securitization Facility

The  Company’s  Receivables  Securitization  Facility  (as  amended  from  time  to  time,  the  “Receivables  Facility”)  is  primarily 
governed by the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2013, as amended. The Company does not factor its accounts 
receivables as this facility is its only secured borrowing.

46

46

As of July 31, 2022, the Receivables Facility consisted of accounts receivable funding for up to $800 million, terminating in 
May 2024. The Company has available to it an accordion feature whereby the commitment on the Receivables Facility may be 
increased up to $1.0 billion subject to lender participation. At all times, all borrowings under the Receivables Facility are 
recorded on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. 

As of July 31, 2022, $455 million in borrowings were outstanding under the Receivables Facility. No amounts were outstanding 
as of July 31, 2021.

Interest  is  payable  under  the  Receivables  Facility  at  a  rate  equal  to  LIBOR,  or  the  commercial  paper  rates  of  the  conduit 
lenders, plus an applicable margin. The Company pays customary fees regarding unused amounts to maintain the availability 
under the Receivables Facility. 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants for all facilities as of July 31, 2022.

See  note  9  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  for  further  details  regarding  the 
Company’s debt.

There have been no significant changes during the year to the Company’s policies on accounting for, valuing and managing the 
risk of financial instruments. 

Contractual obligations

The table below sets forth the Company’s anticipated contractual cash outflows on an undiscounted basis as of July 31, 2022.

(In millions)
Debt - principal(a)
Debt - interest only(b)
Operating leases
Treasury share purchase commitments
Other purchase obligations(c)

Total

As of July 31, 2022

Total
$3,960 
1,040 
1,317 
324 
2,284 
8,925 

Less than
1 year

$250 
154 
330 
324 
2,284 
3,342 

1-3 years
$660 
274 
531 
— 

1,465 

3-5 years
$850 
226 
274 
— 
— 
1,350 

More
than
5 years
  $2,200 
386 
182 
— 
— 
2,768 

(a) See note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further detail related to debt.

(b) Interest on debt is calculated using the prevailing spot interest rate as of the balance sheet date.

(c) Other purchase obligations primarily include commitments to purchase inventory and other goods and services and 
uncompleted additions to property, buildings and equipment. Purchase obligations are made in the normal course of 
business to meet operating needs. While purchase orders for both inventory purchases and non-inventory purchases are 
generally cancellable without penalty, certain vendor agreements provide for cancellation fees or penalties depending on 
the terms of the contract.. 

Tax obligations

At July 31, 2022, the Company had aggregate liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits totaling $140 million, none of which are 
expected to be paid in the next 12 months.  The timing of payment, if any, associated with our long-term unrecognized tax 
benefit liabilities is unknown.  See note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report for further discussion 
of our unrecognized tax benefits.

47

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Estimates 

In applying the Company’s accounting policies, various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. 
Should these estimates or assumptions prove incorrect, there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. 
Management believes that the estimates and assumptions that have been applied would not give rise to a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next fiscal year. 

Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial statements. 
Management assessed areas relevant for the Company which had the potential to be impacted such as: expected credit losses; 
inventory impairment; goodwill impairment; intangible and tangible asset impairment; and deferred tax asset recognition. 
Management concluded there was no material negative impact in these areas and no new sources of estimation uncertainty. 

The Company’s significant accounting policies that require estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories, 
considerations around goodwill impairment, leases and revenue recognition. These policies and related estimates are described 
in note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of significant accounting policies.” Some of those significant 
accounting policies may require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the Company’s 
estimates. 

The Company considers an accounting policy to be a critical estimate if: (1) it involves assumptions that are uncertain when 
judgment was applied, and (2) changes in the estimate assumptions, or selection of a different estimate methodology, could 
have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results. The Company has determined that its 
estimates around acquired inventories and pension obligations represent its most critical accounting estimates.

Inventories

Inventory reserves are recorded against slow-moving, obsolete and damaged inventories for which the net realizable value is 
estimated  to  be  less  than  the  cost.  The  reserve  is  estimated  based  on  the  Company’s  current  knowledge  with  respect  to 
inventory levels, sales trends and historical experience. 

Pensions

The Company considers that the most sensitive assumptions are the discount rate on the benefit obligation, expected return on 
assets and life expectancy in connection with the Company’s pension plan in the U.K. Changes in the assumption related to the 
pension plan in Canada do not result in significant changes.

The Company measures discount rates by reference to corporate bond yields, which can also vary significantly between 
reporting periods, particularly in light of macroeconomic factors that can impact corporate bond yields. The assumptions used 
for the Company’s U.K. pension plan were as follows:

Rate assumptions:

Discount rate, benefit obligation
Expected return, on plan assets

2022

2021

2020

 3.45 %
 1.85 %

 1.70 %
 2.40 %

 1.50 %
 3.00 %

The sensitivity analyses below show the (increase)/decrease in the Company’s defined benefit plan net asset/liability of 
reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other 
assumptions constant.  

(In millions)
Discount rate, benefit obligation

Inflation rate, benefit obligation

Life expectancy

Accounting developments and changes 

Change

U.K.

 +0.25 %  
 (0.25) %  
 +0.25 %  
 (0.25) %  
+1 year  

($56) 
59 
47 
(47) 
58 

Refer to note 1 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

48

48

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to market risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity 
prices. The Company has well-defined risk management policies, which have been consistently applied during fiscal years 
2022, 2021 and 2020. We use derivative and non-derivative instruments to hedge a portion of our risks, none of which are for 
trading or speculative purposes. There have been no changes since the previous year in the major financial risks faced by the 
Company. 

Foreign currency exchange rates risk

We are exposed to risks from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on the translation of our foreign operations into U.S. 
dollars and on the purchase of goods and services by these foreign operations that are not denominated in their local currencies. 
Our foreign currency related hedging arrangements outstanding at the end of fiscal 2022 and 2021 were not material. A 
hypothetical 10% change in the relative value of the U.S. dollar would not materially impact the Company's net earnings for 
2022.

Interest rate risks

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on its debt. In connection with certain of its Private Placement Notes, the 
Company entered into interest rate swaps, designated as fair value hedges, to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on 
its debt. If short-term interest rates varied by 10%, the impact on the Company’s variable-rate debt obligations would not have a 
material impact on the Company's net earnings.
The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority will cease publication of LIBOR beginning after 2021 and continuing 
through 2023. When LIBOR is discontinued, the Company will need to change the terms of certain interest rate swap 
agreements and credit facilities which utilize LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate, replacing LIBOR with the new standard that 
is selected. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee selected SOFR, plus a recommended spread adjustment, as the rate 
recommended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. The Company may incur incremental costs in transitioning to SOFR, and interest 
rates on current or future indebtedness may be adversely affected by the new standard. The Company does not expect such 
changes to materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. See “Item 
1A. Risk Factors—Market conditions, competition, financial—The Company’s strategy could be materially adversely affected 
by its indebtedness.”

Commodity price risk

Some of the Company’s products contain significant amounts of commodity-priced materials, predominantly plastic, copper 
and steel, and other components which are subject to price changes based upon fluctuations in the commodities market. The 
Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the price of fuel, which could affect transportation costs. This price volatility could 
potentially have a material impact on our financial condition and/or our results of operations. The Company regularly monitors 
commodity trends and mitigates any material exposure to commodity price risk by having alternative sourcing plans in place, 
such as mitigating the risk of supplier concentration, passing commodity-related inflation to customers or suppliers, and 
continuing to scale its distribution networks, including its transportation infrastructure.

For a description of our key policies, please refer to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Annual Report. 

Safe harbor

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk include forward-looking statements with respect to management’s 
opinion about risks associated with the Company’s operations, debt and derivative positions. Actual results may differ 
materially from these forward-looking statements due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the timing and 
amount of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, prices of raw materials and the Company’s actual 
exposures and positions.

49

49

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 1147)
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies
Note 2. Segment reporting
Note 3. Earnings per share
Note 4. Income tax
Note 5. Property, plant, and equipment
Note 6. Leases
Note 7. Goodwill
Note 8. Other intangible assets
Note 9. Debt
Note 10. Fair value
Note 11. Commitments and contingencies
Note 12. Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
Note 13. Retirement benefit plans
Note 14. Shareholders’ equity
Note 15. Share-based compensation
Note 16.Acquisitions
Note 17. Discontinued operations and disposals
Note 18. Related parties

51
53
54
55
56
57
58
58
65
67
67
70
71
72
73
74
77
78
78
78
83
84
85
87
87

50

50

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ferguson plc

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ferguson plc and subsidiaries (the 
"Company") as of July 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive 
income, shareholder’s equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2022, and 
the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of July 31, 2022 and 2021, and 
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2022, in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2022, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 27, 2022, expressed an unqualified 
opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Reporting Framework

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its reporting framework from 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board to 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Our opinion is not modified in respect 
to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our 
opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter 
below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it 
relates. 

51

51

Inventory Existence and Valuation— Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description 

The Company had inventories of $4,333 million at July 31, 2022, held in numerous distribution centers and 
branches, and across multiple product lines. 

The Company employs a range of inventory counting procedures to record the existence and condition of 
inventory considering the highly disaggregated nature of the inventory balance across the Company’s 
distribution centers and branch locations, including perpetual cycle counts. The perpetual cycle count process is 
in turn reliant on a core warehouse management system. 

In addition, reserves are made against slow-moving, obsolete and damaged inventories for which the net 
realizable value is estimated to be less than the cost. The reserve is estimated based on the Company’s current 
knowledge with respect to inventory levels, sales trends and historical experience. The reserve calculation 
requires judgment, which increases the risk of possible misstatement.

We identified the valuation of inventory reserves and the existence of perpetual cycle count inventory as a 
critical audit matter. This is due to the inherent uncertainty in estimating the inventory reserve and higher degree 
of auditor judgment and effort needed to determine the extent and timing of testing the perpetual cycle count 
inventory existence.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to inventory existence and valuation included the following, among others: 

Existence

•

•

•

•

used senior team members to determine the extent and location of inventory counts;

physically observed management’s count procedures over inventory close to the year-end date and 
performed independent sample count procedures in relation to locations across the Company; 

performed roll-forward procedures from the date of our inventory counts to the year-end date; and

investigated any variations from our independent counts and considered the impact in the context of the 
inventory balance as a whole.

Valuation

•

•

•

tested the Company’s process in determining the inventory reserve by recalculating the inventory reserve, if 
any, for a sample of on hand inventory items and inventory reserve amounts;

formed an independent expectation of the inventory reserves at year end based on prior year ratios and 
compared the inventory reserve against our expectation; and

performed a historical look back analysis for a selection of inventory items and considered the impact in the 
context of the inventory balance as a whole.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom
September 27, 2022

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

52

52

 Ferguson plc
Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(In millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales
Cost of sales
   Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
   Operating profit
Interest expense, net
Other (expense) income, net
   Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (net of tax)
Net income

Earnings per share - Basic:
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Total

Earnings per share - Diluted:

   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Total

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
   Basic
   Diluted

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$28,566 
(19,810)   
8,756 
(5,635)   
(301)   
2,820 
(111)   
(1)   

2,708 
(609)   
2,099 
23 
$2,122 

$9.64 
0.11 
$9.75 

$9.59 
0.10 
$9.69 

217.7 
218.9 

$22,792 
(15,812)   
6,980 
(4,732)   
(298)   
1,950 

(98)   
10 
1,862 
(232)   
1,630 
(158)   

$1,472 

$7.29 
(0.70)   
$6.59 

$7.25 
(0.70)   
$6.55 

223.5 
224.8 

19,940 
(13,957) 
5,983 
(4,329) 
(282) 
1,372 
(93) 
(7) 
1,272 
(299) 
973 
(12) 
961 

$4.32 
(0.05) 
$4.27 

$4.29 
(0.05) 
$4.24 

224.8 
226.8 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferguson plc
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions)

Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
   Foreign currency translation adjustments
   Pension (loss) income, net of tax (expense) benefit of ($11), ($17) and 
$45, respectively.
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Comprehensive income

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2022

2020

$2,122 

$1,472 

$961 

(24)   

(10)   
(34)   

$2,088 

170 

79 
249 
$1,721 

33 

(197) 
(164) 
$797 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferguson plc
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share amounts)
Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents
   Accounts receivable, less allowances of $27 and $17, respectively
   Inventories, net
   Prepaid and other current assets
   Assets held for sale
      Total current assets
   Property, plant and equipment, net
   Operating lease right-of-use assets
   Deferred income taxes, net
   Goodwill
   Other intangible assets, net
   Other non-current assets
          Total assets

Liabilities and shareholders' equity
   Accounts payable
   Short-term debt
   Current portion of operating lease liabilities
   Share repurchase liability
   Other current liabilities
      Total current liabilities
   Long-term debt
   Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities
   Other long-term liabilities
          Total liabilities

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$771 
3,610 
4,333 
834 
3 
9,551 
1,376 
1,200 
177 
2,048 
782 
527 
  $15,661 

$1,335 
2,786 
3,273 
732 
3 
8,129 
1,305 
1,102 
240 
1,828 
546 
559 
  $13,709 

$3,607 
250 
321 
324 
1,297 
5,799 
3,679 
878 
640 
10,996 

$3,030 
— 
263 
— 
1,445 
4,738 
2,512 
827 
629 
8,706 

Shareholders’ equity:
   Ordinary shares, par value 10 pence: 500,000,000 shares authorized, 232,171,182 shares issued
   Paid-in capital
   Retained earnings
   Treasury shares, 21,078,577 and 9,862,816 shares, respectively at cost
   Employee Benefit Trust, 846,491 and 833,189 shares, respectively at cost
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss
          Total shareholders' equity
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$30 
760 
7,594 
(2,782)   
(107)   
(830)   
4,665 
  $15,661 

$30 
704 
6,054 
(931) 
(58) 
(796) 
5,003 
  $13,709 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

55

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferguson plc
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per share data)
Balance at August 1, 2019

Share-based compensation
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Cash dividends: $1.451 per share
Share repurchases

Shares issued under employee share 
plans

Balance at July 31, 2020

Share-based compensation
Net income
Other comprehensive income

Cash dividends: $4.611 per share
Share repurchases
Shares issued under employee share 
plans
Other

Balance at July 31, 2021

Share-based compensation
Net income
Other comprehensive loss

Cash dividends: $2.505 per share
Share repurchases

Shares issued under employee share 
plans
Other

Balance at July 31, 2022

Ordinary 
Shares

Paid-in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Treasury 
Shares

Employee 
Benefit 
Trust

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

Total
Equity

$30   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
$30   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
$30   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
$30   

$585    $5,080   
—   
961   
—   
(327)  
—   

39   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   

(56)  
$624    $5,658   
—   
1,472   
—   

80   
—   
—   

($305)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
(292)  

27   
($570)  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

(1,034)  
—   

—   
(400)  

—   
—   

(51)  
9   
$704    $6,054   
—   
2,122   
—   

56   
—   
—   

39   
—   
($931)  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

(550)  
—   

—   
(1,872)  

($102)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
(26)  

40   
($88)  
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

30   
—   
($58)  
—   
—   
—   

—   
(92)  

($881)   $4,407 
39 
961 
(164) 
(327) 
(318) 

—   
—   
(164)  
—   
—   

—   

11 
($1,045)   $4,609 
80 
1,472 
249 

—   
—   
249   

—   
—   

(1,034) 
(400) 

—   
—   

18 
9 
($796)   $5,003 
56 
2,122 
(34) 

—   
—   
(34)  

—   
—   

(550) 
(1,964) 

—   
—   

21   
(51)  
—   
19   
$760    $7,594    ($2,782)  

43   
—   
($107)  

—   
—   

13 
19 
($830)   $4,665 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferguson plc
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income
   (Income) loss from discontinued operations
   Income from continuing operations
   Depreciation and amortization
   Share-based compensation
   Net loss (gain) on disposal of assets and impairment
   (Increase) decrease in inventories
   (Increase) decrease in receivables and other assets
   Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities
   (Decrease) increase in income taxes
   Other operating activities

   Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
   Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations
   Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchase of businesses acquired, net of cash acquired
   Proceeds from sale of assets and divestitures
   Capital expenditures
   Other investing activities
   Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations
   Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trust
   Purchase of treasury shares
   Proceeds from sale of treasury shares
   Repayments of debt
   Proceeds from debt
   Change in bank overdrafts
   Cash dividends
   Other financing activities
   Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Effects of exchange rate changes
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

Supplemental Disclosures:
   Cash paid for income taxes
   Cash paid for interest
   Accrued capital expenditures

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2022

2020

$2,122 

(23)   

2,099 
301 
57 
15 
(927)   
(780)   
436 
(62)   
10 
1,149 
— 
1,149 

(650)   
4 
(290)   
(10)   
(946)   
24 
(922)   

(92)   
(1,545)   
13 
(575)   
2,019 

(4)   
(538)   
(22)   
(744)   
(517)   
(40)   

1,342 
$785 

$1,472 
158 
1,630 
298 
77 
— 
(748)   
(756)   
1,012 
(170)   
(6)   

1,337 
45 
1,382 

(286)   
18 
(241)   
(6)   
(515)   
390 
(125)   

— 
(400)   
18 
(375)   
4 
(213)   
(1,036)   
(49)   
(2,051)   
(794)   
6 
2,130 
$1,342 

$670 
94 
16 

$404 
104 
10 

$961 
12 
973 
282 
29 
(2) 
16 
104 
(39) 
66 
23 
1,452 
93 
1,545 

(271) 
45 
(283) 
(5) 
(514) 
(57) 
(571) 

(26) 
(451) 
11 
(1,196) 
1,799 
230 
(327) 
(36) 
4 
978 
4 
1,148 
$2,130 

$225 
114 
7 

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferguson plc
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1: Summary of significant accounting policies

Background

Ferguson  plc  (the  “Company”)  (NYSE:  FERG;  LSE:  FERG)  is  a  public  company  limited  by  shares  incorporated  in  Jersey 
under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended). The Company is a value-added distributor in North America providing 
expertise, solutions and products from infrastructure, plumbing and appliances to HVAC, fire, fabrication and more. We exist 
to make our customers’ complex projects simple, successful and sustainable. Ferguson is headquartered in the U.K., with its 
operations  and  associates  solely  focused  on  North  America  and  managed  from  Newport  News,  Virginia.  The  Company’s 
registered office is 13 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 1ES, Channel Islands.

Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its share of 
after tax profits and losses of its equity method investments. All intercompany transactions are eliminated from the consolidated 
financial statements.

Effective August 1, 2021, the Company transitioned from International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accepted by the 
International Accounting Standards Board to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The 
accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, including all prior periods presented, have been presented 
under U.S. GAAP. 

Fiscal year

Except as otherwise specified, references to years indicate our fiscal year ended July 31 of the respective year. For example, 
references to “fiscal 2022” or similar references refer to the fiscal year ended July 31, 2022.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to 
make estimates and assumptions affecting reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. 
Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Accounts receivables 

Accounts receivables are stated at their estimated net realizable value. An allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based 
on  historical  write-offs,  the  age  of  past  due  receivables,  as  well  as  consideration  for  forward-looking  expectations  where 
appropriate. Accounts receivables are written off when recoverability is assessed as being remote. The charges associated with 
the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  are  recognized  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  (“SG&A”).  Subsequent 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to SG&A. 

Advertising and marketing costs

Advertising  costs,  including  digital,  television,  radio  and  print,  are  expensed  when  the  advertisement  first  appears.  Certain 
marketing,  or  co-op,  contributions  are  received  to  fund  marketing  activities  of  specific,  incremental,  and  identifiable  costs 
incurred to promote suppliers’ products or activities, which are recorded in SG&A as reductions of the related marketing costs. 
The following table presents net advertising expenses included in SG&A:

(In millions)
Net advertising and marketing costs

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$389 

$299 

$249 

58

58

 
 
 
Business combinations

The assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the 
purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. During the 
measurement period, which is up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period, any 
subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  deposits  with  banks  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  and 
overdrafts to the extent there is a legal right of offset and practice of net settlement with cash balances.

Restricted cash consists of deferred consideration for business combinations, subject to various settlement agreements, and is 
recorded in prepaid and other current assets in the Company’s balance sheets.

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  reported  within  the  consolidated 
balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Concentrations of credit risk 

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$771 
14 
$785 

$1,335 
7 
$1,342 

The  Company  monitors  credit  risk  associated  with  those  financial  institutions  with  which  it  conducts  significant  business. 
Credit risk, including but not limited to counterparty non-performance under derivative instruments and our credit facilities, is 
not  considered  significant,  as  we  primarily  conduct  business  with  large,  well-established  financial  institutions.  This  risk  is 
managed  by  setting  credit  and  settlement  limits  for  approved  counterparties.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  established 
guidelines that it follows regarding counterparty credit ratings which are monitored regularly, seeking to limit its exposure to 
any individual counterparty. The concentration of credit risk was deemed not significant as of July 31, 2022 and 2021.

Cost of sales 

Cost  of  sales  includes  the  cost  of  goods  purchased  for  resale,  net  of  earned  rebates,  and  the  cost  of  bringing  inventory  to  a 
sellable location and condition. As the Company does not produce or manufacture products, its inventories are finished goods 
and therefore depreciation related to warehouse facilities and equipment is presented separately within operating expenses.

Derivative instruments and hedging activity

Derivative financial instruments, in particular interest rate swaps and foreign exchange swaps, are used to manage the financial 
risks  arising  from  the  Company’s  business  activities  and  the  financing  of  those  activities.  Derivatives  are  not  used  for 
speculative purposes or trading activities and have generally not been significant.

Derivatives are measured at their fair values and included in other assets and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

When the hedging relationship is classified as an effective fair value hedge, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability 
is  adjusted  by  the  change  in  its  fair  value  attributable  to  the  hedged  risk  and  the  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings where it will be offset by the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. 

When the hedging relationship is classified as an effective cash flow hedge or as a net investment hedge, changes in the fair 
value of the hedging instrument arising from the hedged risk are recorded in other comprehensive income. When the hedged 
item  is  recognized  in  the  financial  statements,  the  gains  and  losses  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  are 
either  recognized  in  the  statement  of  earnings  or,  if  the  hedged  item  results  in  a  non-financial  asset,  are  recognized  as  an 
adjustment to its initial carrying amount. 

59

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations 

When the Company has disposed of, or classified as held for sale, a business component that represents a strategic shift with 
significant  effect  on  the  Company’s  operations  and  financial  results,  it  classifies  that  business  component  as  a  discontinued 
operation  and  retrospectively  presents  discontinued  operations  for  the  comparable  periods.  The  post-tax  income,  or  loss,  of 
discontinued operations are shown as a single line on the face of the consolidated statements of earnings. The disposal of the 
discontinued operation would also result in a gain or loss upon final disposal.

Fair value measurements

The  applicable  accounting  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements  established  a  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  fair  value  hierarchy 
established  under  this  guidance  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to 
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to 
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets 
are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information 
on an ongoing basis.

Level 2 - Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly 
observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation 
methodologies.  These  models  are  primarily  industry-standard  models  that  consider  various  assumptions,  including  quoted 
prices, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other 
relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term 
of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed 
in the marketplace.

Level 3 - Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may 
be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management's best estimate of fair value from the perspective of 
a market participant. 

Foreign currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. 

Results of operations of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during the year. The 
assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the current rate of exchange on 
the  last  day  of  the  reporting  period.  These  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are not material. 

In  the  event  that  the  Company  disposes  of  a  subsidiary  that  uses  a  non-U.S.  dollar  functional  currency,  the  gain  or  loss  on 
disposal  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Earnings  includes  the  cumulative  currency  translation  differences 
attributable to the subsidiary. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Company’s share of the net identifiable 
assets  of  the  acquired  business  at  the  date  of  acquisition.  Goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
impairment  losses.  The  Company  performs  an  annual  impairment  assessment  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year,  or  more 
frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying amount.

The  annual  impairment  assessment  begins  with  an  option  to  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  a  quantitative 
evaluation is appropriate for determining potential goodwill impairment. The quantitative impairment assessment compares the 
fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The reporting units represent the lowest level within the Company at which 
the associated goodwill is monitored for management purposes and are based on the markets where the business operates. 

The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using the income approach, which requires significant assumptions regarding 
future operations and the ability to generate cash flows. These assumptions include a forecast of future operating cash flows 
over a period of four years, a terminal value, capital requirements and a discount rate. Where the carrying value of a reporting 
unit exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings.

60

60

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill related to the entity sold. 

Other intangible assets 

Definite-lived  intangible  assets  are  primarily  comprised  of  customer  relationships,  trade  names  and  other  intangible  assets, 
acquired  as  part  of  business  combinations  and  are  capitalized  separately  from  goodwill  and  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

Computer  software  that  is  not  integral  to  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recognized  separately  as  an  intangible 
asset  and  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortization  and  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Costs  may  include  software 
licenses  and  external  and  internal  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  development,  design  and  implementation  of  the  computer 
software. Costs in respect of training and data conversion are expensed as incurred. 

Customer  relationship  amortization  is  calculated  using  a  systematic,  accelerated  approach  based  on  the  timing  of  future 
expected cash flows. The straight-line method is used for all other intangible assets. 

The estimated useful life of the respective intangible assets are as follows: 

Customer relationships
Trade names and brands
Software
Other

Impairment of long-lived assets

4 – 15 years
1 – 15 years
3 – 5 years
1 – 4 years

The recoverability of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment (“PPE”), right of use assets and definite-lived 
intangible  assets,  is  evaluated  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amounts  of  an  asset  group 
may  not  be  recoverable.  Long-lived  depreciable  and  amortizable  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  in  asset  groups,  which  are 
defined as the lowest level of assets that generate identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other 
asset groups. A potential impairment has occurred for an asset group if projected future undiscounted cash flows expected to 
result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets are less than the carrying amounts of the assets.

Inventories 

Inventories, which comprise goods purchased for resale, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is primarily 
determined using the average cost method. The cost of goods purchased for resale includes import and custom duties, transport 
and handling costs, freight and packing costs and other attributable costs less trade discounts and rebates. Net realizable value is 
the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

Inventory reserves are recorded against slow-moving, obsolete and damaged inventories for which the net realizable value is 
estimated  to  be  less  than  the  cost.  The  reserve  is  estimated  based  on  the  Company’s  current  knowledge  with  respect  to 
inventory levels, sales trends and historical experience. 

Leases

The Company enters into contractual arrangements for the utilization of certain non-owned assets. These principally relate to 
property  for  the  Company’s  branches,  distribution  centers  and  offices  which  have  varying  terms  including  extension  and 
termination options and periodic rent reviews. 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases are evaluated at commencement to determine proper 
classification  as  an  operating  lease  or  a  finance  lease.  The  Company’s  leases  primarily  consist  of  operating  leases.  The 
Company  recognizes  a  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  asset  and  lease  liability  at  lease  commencement  based  on  the  present  value  of 
lease payments over the lease term. 

The Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate as most of the Company’s lease arrangements 
do not provide an implicit borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated using a combination of U.S. Treasury 
note rates corresponding to lease terms, as well as a blended credit risk spread. 

61

61

For operating leases, fixed lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has elected 
to not separate lease and non-lease components. Certain lease agreements include variable lease payments that depend on an 
index, as well as payments for non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, and certain pass-through operating 
expenses  such  as  real  estate  taxes  and  insurance.  In  instances  where  these  payments  are  fixed,  they  are  included  in  the 
measurement of our lease liabilities, and when variable, are excluded and recognized in the period in which the obligations for 
those payments are incurred. The Company’s leases do not contain any material residual value guarantees or payments under 
purchase and termination options which are reasonably certain to be exercised.

Lease terms are initially determined as the non-cancelable period of a lease adjusted for options to extend or terminate a lease 
that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Generally, the Company’s real estate leases have initial terms of three to 10 years 
and up to four extension periods that range from two to five years each. Renewal options are typically not included in the lease 
term  as  it  is  not  reasonably  certain  at  commencement  date  that  the  Company  would  exercise  the  extension  options.  Lease 
liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Right of use assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization, impairment losses, and any subsequent remeasurement of 
the  lease  liability.  Initial  cost  comprises  the  lease  liability  adjusted  for  lease  payments  at  or  before  the  commencement  date, 
lease  incentives  received,  initial  direct  costs  and  an  estimate  of  restoration  costs.  The  Company  recognizes  minimum  rent 
expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Leases  that  have  an  original  term  of  12  months  or  less  are  not  recognized  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet,  and  the  lease 
expense related to those short-term leases is recognized over the lease term. 

Property, plant and equipment (“PPE”) 

PPE is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes expenditures necessary to acquire and prepare PPE for its 
intended use. In addition, subsequent costs that increase the productive capacity or extend the useful life of PPE are capitalized. 
The cost of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Assets  are  depreciated  to  their  estimated  residual  value  using  the  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  as 
follows: 

Owned buildings
Leasehold improvements
Plant and machinery
Computer hardware
Furniture, fixtures, equipment
Vehicles

Rebates

20 - 50 years
Period of lease
10 years
3 - 5 years
5 - 7 years
4 years

The  Company  has  agreements  (“supplier  rebates”)  with  a  number  of  its  suppliers  whereby  volume-based  rebates,  marketing 
support and other discounts are received in connection with the purchase of goods for resale from those suppliers. 

The  majority  of  volume-based  supplier  rebates  are  determined  by  reference  to  guaranteed  rates  of  rebate.  These  calculations 
require minimal judgment. A small proportion of volume-based supplier rebates are subject to tiered targets where the rebate 
percentage increases as volumes purchased reach agreed targets within a set period of time. The Company estimates supplier 
rebates based on forecasts which are informed by historical trading patterns, current performance and trends. 

Rebates relating to the purchase of goods for resale are accrued as earned and are recorded initially as a deduction in inventory 
with a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the related goods are sold. Supplier rebates receivable are offset with amounts 
owed to each supplier at the balance sheet date and are included within accounts payables where the Company has the legal 
right  to  offset  and  net  settles  balances.  Where  the  supplier  rebates  are  not  offset  against  amounts  owed  to  a  supplier,  the 
outstanding amount is recorded in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

62

62

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when a sales arrangement with a customer exists (e.g., contract, purchase orders, others), the 
transaction price is fixed or determinable and the Company has satisfied its performance obligation per the sales arrangement. 
The  majority  of  the  Company’s  revenue  originates  from  sales  arrangements  with  a  single  performance  obligation  to  deliver 
products, whereby performance obligations are satisfied when control of the product is transferred to the customer which is the 
point they are delivered to, or collected by, the customer. Therefore, shipping and handling activities are not deemed a separate 
performance obligation. Revenue from the provision of goods is only recognized when the transaction price is determinable and 
it  is  probable  that  the  Company  will  collect  the  consideration  to  which  it  will  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  the  goods  to  be 
transferred to the customer. Payment terms between the Company and its customers vary by the type of customer, country of 
sale and the products sold. The Company does not have significant financing components in its contracts and the payment due 
date is typically shortly after sale. 

In some limited cases, the Company’s contracts contain services and products that are deemed one performance obligation as 
the  services  are  highly  interdependent  and  interrelated  with  the  products  or  are  significantly  integrated  with  the  products. 
Contracts in which services provided are a separately identifiable performance obligation are not material.

In  some  instances,  goods  are  delivered  directly  to  the  customer  by  the  supplier.  The  Company  has  concluded  that  it  is  the 
principal  in  these  transactions  as  it  is  primarily  responsible  to  the  customer  for  fulfilling  the  obligation  and  has  the 
responsibility for identifying and directing the supplier to deliver the goods to the customer. 

The  Company  offers  a  right  of  return  to  its  customers  for  most  goods  sold.  Revenue  is  reduced  by  the  amount  of  expected 
returns in the period in which the related revenue is recorded with a corresponding liability recorded in other current liabilities. 
The Company also recognizes a return asset in prepaid and other current assets with a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales, 
for the right to recover the returned goods, measured at the former carrying value, less any expected recovery costs.

Share-based compensation 

Share-based incentives are provided to associates under the Company’s long-term incentive plans and all-employee sharesave 
plans. The Company recognizes a compensation cost in respect of these plans that is primarily based on the fair value of the 
awards. For equity-settled plans, the fair value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently remeasured unless the 
conditions on which the award was granted are modified. For liability-settled plans, the fair value is initially determined at the 
date of grant and is remeasured at each balance sheet date until the liability is settled. The related liability is recorded in other 
current liabilities and other long-term liabilities. Generally, the compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting  period,  utilizing  cumulative  catch-up  for  changes  in  the  liability-settled  plans.  Estimates  of  expected  forfeitures  are 
made  at  the  date  of  grant  to  appropriately  reduce  expense  for  those  grants  expected  not  to  satisfy  service  conditions  or  non-
market performance conditions. The estimated forfeitures are adjusted when facts and circumstances indicate the prior estimate 
is no longer appropriate.

Tax

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax 
assets  (“DTAs”)  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  (“DTLs”)  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been 
included  in  the  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  the  Company  determines  DTAs  and  DTLs  on  the  basis  of  the 
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year 
in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income 
in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes DTAs to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such 
a  determination,  the  Company  considers  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  future  reversals  of  existing 
taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under 
the tax law, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize our DTAs in the future 
in excess of their net recorded amount, the DTA valuation allowance would be appropriately adjusted, which would reduce the 
provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 740 on the basis 
of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the 
basis  of  the  technical  merits  of  the  position  and  (2)  for  those  tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition 
threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate 
settlement with the related tax authority.

63

63

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2020-04.  In  March  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) 
issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial 
Reporting. This ASU, and subsequent clarifications, provide practical expedients for contract modification accounting related to 
the transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offering rates to alternative reference 
rates.  The  expedients  are  applicable  to  contract  modifications  made  and  hedging  relationships  entered  into  on  or  before 
December 31, 2022. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company continues to evaluate the impact 
of reference rate reform and does not currently expect a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2021-08. In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for 
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The amendments address how to determine whether a 
contract liability is recognized by the acquirer in a business combination and provides specific guidance on how to recognize 
and  measure  acquired  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  from  revenue  contracts  in  a  business  combination.  For  public 
business  entities,  the  amendments  in  this  ASU  are  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2022,  including 
interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  of  the  amendments  is  permitted,  including  adoption  in  an  interim 
period. The Company is evaluating this standard update and does not expect a material impact to the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

ASU  No.  2022-03.  In  June  2022,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2022-03,  Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Fair  Value 
Measurement  of  Equity  Securities  Subject  to  Contractual  Sale  Restrictions.  The  amendments  clarify  that  a  contractual 
restriction on the sale of an equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is 
not  considered  in  measuring  fair  value.  ASU  2022-03  also  clarifies  that  an  entity  cannot,  as  a  separate  unit  of  account, 
recognize  and  measure  a  contractual  sale  restriction.  In  addition,  ASU  2022-03  introduces  new  disclosure  requirements  to 
provide  investors  with  information  about  contractual  sale  restrictions,  including  the  nature  and  remaining  duration  of  these 
restrictions.  ASU  2022-03  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2023,  although  early 
adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company's  practice  aligns  with  this  clarification  and  it  is  evaluating  the  additional  disclosure 
requirements.

Recent accounting pronouncements pending adoption that are not discussed above are either not applicable, or will not have, or 
are not expected to have, a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

64

64

Note 2: Segment information

The  Company  reports  its  financial  results  of  operations  on  a  geographical  basis  in  the  following  two  reportable  segments: 
United  States  and  Canada.  Each  segment  generally  derives  its  revenues  in  the  same  manner  as  described  in  note  1.  The 
Company uses adjusted operating profit as its measure of segment profit. Adjusted operating profit is defined as profit before 
tax, excluding central and other costs, restructuring costs, amortization of acquired intangible assets, net interest expenses, as 
well as other items typically recorded in net other (expense) income such as (loss)/gain on disposal of businesses, pension plan 
changes/closure  costs  and  amounts  recorded  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  interests  in  investees.  Certain  income  and 
expenses  are  not  allocated  to  the  Company’s  segments  and,  thus,  the  information  that  management  uses  to  make  operating 
decisions and assess performance does not reflect such amounts. 

Segment details were as follows:

(In millions)

Net sales:

United States

Canada

Total net sales

Adjusted operating profit: 

United States

Canada

Central and other costs
Business restructurings(1)
Corporate restructurings(2)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets

Interest expense, net

Other (expense) income, net

Income before income taxes

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$27,067 

1,499 

$28,566 

$2,893 

112 

(54)   

— 

(17)   

(114)   

(111)   

(1)   

$2,708 

$21,478 

1,314 

$22,792 

$2,070 

76 

(54)   

11 

(22)   

(131)   

(98)   

10 
$1,862 

$18,857 

1,083 

$19,940 

$1,586 

43 

(42) 

(72) 

(29) 

(114) 

(93) 

(7) 
$1,272 

(1) For fiscal 2021, business restructuring reflects the release of provisions in connection with previously anticipated 

COVID-19 cost actions recorded in fiscal 2020. For fiscal 2020, business restructuring principally comprised costs 
incurred in the United States and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business was appropriately sized for 
the post COVID-19 operating environment.

(2) For fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, corporate restructuring costs primarily related to the incremental costs of the Company’s 

listing in the United States.

65

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An additional disaggregation of net sales by end market for continuing operations is as follows:

(In millions)
United States:
Residential
Non-residential:
Commercial
Civil/Infrastructure
Industrial

Total Non-residential

Total United States

Canada

Total net sales

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$14,657 

$11,990 

$10,087 

8,600 
2,163 
1,647 
12,410 
27,067 
1,499 
$28,566 

6,661 
1,506 
1,321 
9,488 
21,478 
1,314 
$22,792 

6,116 
1,315 
1,339 
8,770 
18,857 
1,083 
$19,940 

No sales to an individual customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales during any of the last three fiscal years.

The Company is a value-added distributor of products from infrastructure, plumbing and appliances to HVAC, fire, fabrication 
and more. We offer a broad line of products, and items are regularly added to and removed from the Company's inventory. 
Accordingly, it would be impractical to provide sales information by product category due to the way the business is managed, 
and the dynamic nature of the inventory offered. 

Depreciation and amortization and capital expenditures by segment:

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

(In millions)
Depreciation and amortization:
United States(1)
Canada
Corporate

$270 
10 
2 
$282 
(1) Includes amortization of acquired intangible assets of $114 million, $131 million and $113 million in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Total depreciation and amortization

$292 
9 
— 
$301 

$288 
9 
1 
$298 

These amounts are not included in the United States segment adjusted operating profit.

Capital expenditures:
United States
Canada
Corporate

Total capital expenditures

Assets by segment include:

(In millions)
Assets:

United States
Canada
Corporate

Total assets

283 
7 
— 
$290 

232 
9 
— 
$241 

278 
5 
— 
$283 

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$13,747 
802 
1,112 
$15,661 

$11,247 
737 
1,725 
$13,709 

66

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3: Earnings per share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  using  our  weighted-average  outstanding  common  shares.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  is 
calculated using our weighted-average outstanding common shares including the dilutive effect of share awards as determined 
under the treasury stock method.

The following table shows the calculation of diluted shares:

(In millions, except per share amounts)
Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (net of tax)
Net income

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
   Basic weighted-average shares
   Effect of dilutive securities
   Diluted weighted-average shares

Earnings per share - Basic:
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Total

Earnings per share - Diluted:

   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Total

Excluded anti-dilutive shares

Note 4: Income tax

Earnings before income tax by geographical area consisted of the following:

(In millions)

United Kingdom
United States
International

       Total

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

2,099 
23 
$2,122 

$1,630 

(158)   

$1,472 

217.7 
1.2 
218.9 

$9.64 
0.11 
$9.75 

$9.59 
0.10 
$9.69 

0.1 

223.5 
1.3 
224.8 

$7.29 
(0.70)   
$6.59 

$7.25 
(0.70)   
$6.55 

0.1 

$973 
(12) 
$961 

224.8 
2.0 
226.8 

$4.32 
(0.05) 
$4.27 

$4.29 
(0.05) 
$4.24 

0.1 

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$102 
2,222 
384 
$2,708 

$123 
1,385 
354 
$1,862 

$74 
856 
342 
$1,272 

67

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

(In millions)
Current:

United Kingdom
Federal and state (U.S.)
International
         Total current

Deferred:

United Kingdom
Federal and state (U.S.)
International
        Total deferred

Provision for income tax

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

($18)   
528 
58 
$568 

$20 
20 
1 
$41 

$5 
364 
48 
$417 

($8)   
(176)   
(1)   
($185)   

$10 
245 
35 
$290 

$11 
(3) 
1 
$9 

$609 

$232 

$299 

The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense with income taxes at the U.K. statutory rate:

(In millions)
Provision for income taxes at U.K. statutory 
rate(1)
Non-U.K. tax rate differentials
Impact of change in reserves
Tax rate change
Tax credits
Non-taxable income
Other

Income tax expense

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$515 
127 
8 
— 
(9) 
(9) 
(23) 
$609 

 19.0 %  
 4.7 
 0.2 
 — 
 (0.3) 
 (0.3) 
 (0.8) 
 22.5 %  

$354 
68 
(138) 
(29) 
(12) 
(18) 
7 
$232 

 19.0 %  
 3.7 
 (7.4) 
 (1.6) 
 (0.6) 
 (1.0) 
 0.4 
 12.5 %  

$242 
29 
33 
(5) 
(6) 
(8) 
14 
$299 

 19.0 %
 2.3 
 2.6 
 (0.4) 
 (0.5) 
 (0.6) 
 1.1 
 23.5 %

(1) Ferguson, plc is tax resident in the U.K. Therefore, the Company has utilized the U.K. statutory rate.

68

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Taxes

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(In millions)
Assets:

Deferred compensation
Tax loss carryforwards
Lease liabilities
Warranty and other liabilities
Inventory
Other
     Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Liabilities:

Right of use assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tax method change
     Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$48 
184 
306 
103 
50 
37 
728 
(77)   

$651 

($306)   
(119)   
(49)   
(474)   
$177 

$63 
184 
275 
140 
68 
64 
794 
(77) 
$717 

($281) 
(99) 
(97) 
(477) 
$240 

We recognize a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, 
or all, of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Our valuation allowance at July 31, 2022 and 2021 relates to foreign net 
capital loss carryforwards in the U.K. and Canada which are not expected to be realizable. For the year ended July 31, 2022, 
there was no change in the valuation allowance (2021: $30 million and 2020: $2 million).

As of July 31, 2022, the Company had $711 million of gross loss carryforwards related to the United Kingdom operations. At 
July 31, 2022, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $19 million 
and $17 million, respectively. Some of the loss carryforwards may expire at various dates through 2039. At July 31, 2022, the 
Company had $8 million of gross loss carryforwards related to international operations. A portion of these losses related to 
capital losses were offset with valuation allowances.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending amount of our gross unrecognized tax benefits:

(In millions)

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of fiscal year
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions due to settlements
Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations

Total

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$132 
27 
11 
— 
— 
(30)   

$140 

$245 
28 
2 
(8)   
— 
(135)   
$132 

$220 
26 
— 
— 
(1) 
— 
$245 

69

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of July 31, 2022, the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate were $140 million 
(2021: $132 million and 2020: $245 million). The Company recognizes interest and penalties in the income tax provision in its 
consolidated statements of earnings. As of July 31, 2022, the Company had accrued interest of $17 million (2021: $16 million 
and 2020: $66 million). For the year end July 31, 2022, the interest included in income tax expense was an expense of $1 
million (2021: benefit $42 million and 2020: expense $21 million). Penalties related to these positions were not material for all 
periods presented.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company’s tax positions is subject to change based on future 
events including, but not limited to, the settlement of ongoing tax audits and assessments and the expiration of applicable 
statutes of limitations. The Company anticipates that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and 
penalties, will be reduced by $23 million during the next 12 months, primarily due to the anticipated settlement of tax 
examinations and statute of limitation expirations. However, the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain and 
changes in the occurrence, expected outcomes and timing of such events could cause the Company’s current estimate to change 
materially in the future.

Reinvestment of Unremitted earnings

We consider foreign earnings of specific subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. These permanently reinvested earnings of 
foreign subsidiaries at July 31, 2022 amounted to $658 million (2021: $551 million). The Company is not recording a deferred 
tax liability, if any, on such amounts. If at some future date, the Company ceases to be permanently reinvested in these foreign 
subsidiaries, the Company may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes on these undistributed earnings and may need 
to record a deferred tax liability for any outside basis difference on these specific foreign subsidiaries.

Tax Return Examination Status

The Company files income tax returns in the U.K., U.S. and in various foreign, state and local jurisdictions. We are subject to 
tax audits in the various jurisdictions until the respective statutes of limitation expire. The Company is no longer subject to U.K. 
examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before 2019 and U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for 
fiscal years before 2019. There are ongoing U.S. state and local audits and other foreign audits covering fiscal 2008-2020. We 
do not expect the results from any ongoing income tax audit to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows.

Note 5: Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

(In millions)

Land
Buildings
Leasehold improvements
Plant and machinery
Other equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Less: Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$273 
1,103 
455 
719 
146 
2,696 
(1,320)   
$1,376 

$271 
1,048 
423 
641 
143 
2,526 
(1,221) 
$1,305 

Depreciation related to property, plant and equipment included in operating costs for fiscal 2022 was $140 million (2021: $130 
million and 2020: $139 million).

70

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 6: Leases

Lease-related assets and liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

(In millions)
Assets:
   Operating lease right-of-use assets

Liabilities:
   Current portion of operating lease liabilities
   Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities

The components of leasing costs, included in SG&A, consist of the following:

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$1,200 

$1,102 

$321 
878 
$1,199 

$263 
827 
$1,090 

(In millions)
Operating lease costs
Variable lease cost
Short-term lease costs
Total lease costs

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$349 
72 
14 
$435 

$318 
62 
1 
$381 

$313 
59 
10 
$382 

Variable lease costs represent costs incurred in connection with non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, and 
certain pass-through operating expenses such as real estate taxes and insurance.

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the Company’s operating leases were as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted average discount rate

As of July 31,

2022

2021

5.1
 3.3 %

5.1
 3.6 %

The future minimum rental payments under operating lease obligations, having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms 
in excess of one year are summarized as follows:

(In millions)

2023

2024
2025

2026

2027

Thereafter

Total undiscounted lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Present value of liabilities

As of July 31,

2022

$330 

297 
234 

166 

108 

182 

1,317 

(118) 

$1,199 

The future minimum lease payments in the table above exclude payments for leases that have not yet commenced.

71

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases from continuing operations consists of the following:

(In millions)
Cash paid for operating leases (operating cash flows)
Lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (non-

cash)

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2020

2022

$337 

362 

$321 

158 

$310 

115 

As of July 31, 2022, the Company had $238 million of non-cancelable operating leases that have not yet commenced. These 
leases will commence in fiscal 2023 with terms similar to the Company’s current operating leases.

Note 7: Goodwill

The Company completed its annual impairment analysis for goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. Based on the 
results of the Company’s analysis, the Company concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit was substantially in excess 
of its respective carrying value. There were no impairment charges related to goodwill in fiscal 2022, 2021 or 2020.

The following table presents the changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill allocated by reportable segment for the years 
ended July 31, 2022 and 2021:

(In millions)
Balance as of July 31, 2020
   Acquisitions
   Effect of currency translation adjustment
Balance as of July 31, 2021
   Acquisitions
   Effect of currency translation adjustment
Balance as of July 31, 2022
Cumulative goodwill impairment as of July 31, 2022

United States
$1,590 
80 
— 
1,670 
224 
— 
$1,894 
108

Canada

Total

$147 
— 
11 
158 
— 
(4)   

$154 
11

$1,737 
80 
11 
1,828 
224 
(4) 
$2,048 
119

Cumulative balance of historical goodwill impairments as of July 31, 2022, as shown above, was the same for all periods 
presented herein. See note 16 for further information on the additions to goodwill in fiscal 2022.

72

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8: Other intangible assets

The Company's major categories of definite-lived intangible assets and the respective weighted-average remaining useful lives 
consist of the following:

(In millions, except remaining 
useful life)
Software
Customer relationships*
Tradenames and brands*
Other*

Total intangible assets

 * Acquired intangible assets

Weighted average 
remaining useful 
life (years)
4
8
5
4

As of July 31, 2022

As of July 31, 2021

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

$370 
1,138 
258 
206 
$1,972 

($198)   
(662)   
(171)   
(159)   
($1,190)   

$305 
857 
230 
187 
$1,579 

($156) 
(592) 
(141) 
(144) 
($1,033) 

Amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ended July 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 was $161 million, $168 million, 
and $143 million, respectively. In fiscal 2022, the Company also recorded a $15 million impairment charge in SG&A related to 
internal use software projects in the United States as the Company determined the benefits of the work capitalized would not be 
realized.

As of July 31, 2022, expected amortization expense for the unamortized definite-lived intangible assets for the next five years 
and thereafter is as follows:

(In millions)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total

As of July 31,
2022

$171 
155 
143 
106 
79 
128 
$782 

73

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9: Debt

The Company’s debt obligations consisted of the following:

(In millions)
Variable-rate debt:

Receivable Securitization Facility

Private Placement Notes:

3.43% due September 2022
3.30% due November 2023
3.44% due November 2024
3.73% due September 2025
3.51% due November 2026
3.83% due September 2027

Unsecured Senior Notes:
4.50% due October 2028
3.25% due June 2030
4.25% due April 2027
4.65% due April 2032

Subtotal

Less: current maturities of debt
Unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs
Interest rate swap - fair value adjustment

Total long-term debt

Private Placement Notes

As of July 31,

2022

2021

455  

250 
55 
150 
400 
150 
150 

750 
600 
300 
700 
$3,960 

(250)   
(24)   
(7)   

$3,679 

— 

250 
55 
150 
400 
150 
150 

750 
600 
— 
— 
$2,505 
— 
(16) 
23 
$2,512 

In June 2015 and November 2017, Wolseley Capital, Inc. (“Wolseley Capital”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, 
privately placed fixed rate notes in an aggregate principal amount of $800 million and $355 million, respectively (collectively, 
the “Private Placement Notes”). Interest on the Private Placement Notes is payable semi-annually. There was an additional $95 
million of variable rate notes issued in November 2017 that were re-paid in fiscal 2021.

Wolseley Capital’s obligations under the note and guarantee agreements are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and 
Ferguson UK Holdings Limited. Wolseley Capital may repay the outstanding Private Placement Notes, in whole or in part, at 
any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount being prepaid plus a “make-whole” prepayment premium.

The note purchase agreements relating to the Private Placement Notes contain certain customary affirmative covenants, as well 
as certain customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s non-
guarantor subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness and the Company’s ability to enter into affiliate transactions, grant liens on 
its assets, sell assets, or engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, the note 
purchase agreements require us to maintain a leverage ratio. 

The outstanding Private Placement Notes contain customary events of default. Upon an event of default and an acceleration of 
the Private Placement Notes, the Company must repay the outstanding Private Placement Notes plus a make-whole premium 
and accrued and unpaid interest.

74

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes

Since 2018, Ferguson Finance, plc (“Ferguson Finance”) has issued $2,350 million in unsecured senior notes (collectively, the 
“Unsecured Senior Notes”) which are guaranteed by the Company.

The Unsecured Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a direct, unsubordinated and unsecured senior basis 
by  the  Company  and  generally  carry  the  same  terms  and  conditions  with  interest  paid  semi-annually.  The  Unsecured  Senior 
Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part (i) at 100% of the principal amount on the notes being redeemed plus a “make-
whole” prepayment premium at any time prior to three months before the maturity date (the “Notes Par Call Date”) or (ii) after 
the Notes Par Call Date at 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 
principal  being  redeemed.  The  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  include  covenants,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  which  include 
limitations on the granting of liens and on mergers and acquisitions.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Revolving Facility Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Revolving Facility”), dated March 10, 2020, among the 
Company, Ferguson UK Holdings Limited, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent of the lenders party thereto, 
consists of a $1.1 billion unsecured, revolving loan facility, which terminates in March 2026. The Revolving Facility includes 
an uncommitted accordion feature that permits the Company to request that the total commitments thereunder be increased by 
an aggregate amount not to exceed $250 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. Borrowings are available 
to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of LIBOR, plus an applicable margin 
determined based on our public credit ratings. We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee and utilization fee in certain 
circumstances. All obligations under the Revolving Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and Ferguson UK 
Holdings Limited, to the extent each entity is not the borrower with respect to such obligation. 

The Revolving Facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants, as well as certain customary negative covenants that, 
among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, 
grant  liens  on  present  or  future  assets  and  revenues,  sell  assets,  or  engage  in  acquisitions,  mergers  or  consolidations.  The 
Revolving Facility  also contains certain  events of default, cross-default provisions and cross-acceleration provisions (in each 
case, with certain grace periods and thresholds).

As of July 31, 2022 and 2021, no borrowings were outstanding under the Revolving Facility. 

Bilateral Loan

The  Company  maintains  an  unsecured  $500  million  364-day  revolving  facility  agreement  with  Sumitomo  Mitsui  Banking 
Corporation, London Branch, as lead arranger, the lenders party thereto, and SMBC Bank International PLC, as agent for the 
lenders, which expires in March 2023 (the “Bilateral Loan Agreement”).  The Bilateral Loan Agreement includes an extension 
feature that permits the Company, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the Bilateral Loan Agreement, to request that the 
termination date thereunder be extended for a further period of 364 days, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. 
Borrowings are available to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of Term 
SOFR, plus a margin and variable credit adjustment spread depending on the interest period. We are required to pay a quarterly 
commitment fee.  All obligations under the Bilateral Loan Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company, to the 
extent  that  the  Company  is  not  the  borrower  with  respect  to  such  obligation.  The  Bilateral  Loan  Agreement  contains  certain 
affirmative  and  negative  covenants  and  events  of  default  that  are  substantially  similar  to  those  contained  in  the  Revolving 
Facility.  

As of July 31, 2022 and 2021, no borrowings were outstanding under the Bilateral Loan Agreement. 

Receivable Securitization Facility

The  Company’s  Receivables  Securitization  Facility  (the  “Receivables  Facility”)  is  primarily  governed  by  the  Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2013, as amended. The Company does not factor its account receivables as this facility is 
only secured borrowings.

75

75

As of July 31, 2022, the Receivables Facility consisted of accounts receivable funding for up to $800 million, terminating in 
May 2024. The Company has available to it an accordion feature whereby the commitment on the Receivables Facility may be 
increased  up  to  $1.0  billion  subject  to  lender  participation.  At  all  times,  all  borrowings  under  the  Receivables  Facility  are 
recorded on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. 

Interest  is  payable  under  the  Receivables  Facility  at  a  rate  equal  to  LIBOR,  or  the  commercial  paper  rates  of  the  conduit 
lenders, plus an applicable margin. The Company pays customary fees regarding unused amounts to maintain the availability 
under the Receivables Facility.

The  Receivables  Facility  contains  certain  customary  affirmative  covenants,  as  well  as  certain  customary  negative  covenants 
that,  among  other  things,  restrict,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  ability  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  party  thereto 
from  granting  additional  liens  on  the  account  receivables,  selling  certain  assets  or  engaging  in  acquisitions,  mergers  or 
consolidations, or, in the case of the borrower, incurring other indebtedness. 

The Receivables Facility also contains certain customary events of default and cross-default provisions, including requirements 
that our performance in relation to account receivables remains at set levels (specifically, among other things, relating to timely 
payments being received from debtors on the account receivables and to the amount of account receivables written off as bad 
debt)  and  that  a  required  level  of  account  receivables  be  generated  and  available  to  support  the  borrowings  under  the 
arrangements. As of July 31, 2022, $455 million in borrowings were outstanding under the Receivables Facility. No amounts 
were outstanding at July 31, 2021.

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants for all facilities as of July 31, 2022 and 2021.

Debt  maturities,  exclusive  of  unamortized  original  issue  discounts,  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs,  fair-value  hedge 
adjustments, and finance lease obligations, for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

(In millions)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total

As of July 31,
2022

$250 
510 
150 
400 
450 
2,200 
$3,960 

76

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10: Assets and liabilities at fair value

The Company’s assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are summarized as follows:

(In millions)
Assets at fair value recorded in profit & loss:
Current:
   Derivative financial assets

Non-current:
   Derivative financial assets
   Investments in equity investments

Liabilities at fair value recorded in profit & loss:
Current:
   Derivative financial liabilities

Non-current: 
   Derivative financial liabilities

Derivative Instruments

Fair Value 
Hierarchy

As of July 31,

2022

2021

Level 2

Level 2
Level 3

Level 2

Level 2

$2 

— 
26 

3 

3 

$5 

16 
18 

— 

— 

The Company’s derivatives relate principally to interest rate swaps, designated as fair value hedges, to manage its exposure to 
interest rate movements on its debt. They are measured at fair value on a recurring basis through profit and loss using forward 
interest curves which are Level 2 inputs. No transfers between levels occurred during the current or prior year. The notional 
amount  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  fair  value  hedges  as  of  July  31,  2022  and  2021  was  $355  million.  The  Company 
generally  enters  into  master  netting  arrangements,  which  are  designed  to  reduce  credit  risk  by  permitting  net  settlement  of 
transactions with the same counterparty.

Other Fair Value Disclosures

Due  to  their  short  maturities  or  their  insignificance,  the  carrying  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable, 
accounts payable, accrued liabilities and short-term debt approximated their fair values at July 31, 2022 and 2021.

Non-recurring fair value measurements

Fair value estimates are made in connection with the Company’s acquisitions. See note 16 for further details. 

Equity investments

The fair value of the Company’s equity investments is measured on a recurring basis using market derived valuation methods 
upon occurrence of orderly transactions for identical or similar assets which is deemed a Level 3 input.

Liabilities for which fair value is only disclosed

The Company estimates that, based on current market conditions, the total fair value of its Unsecured Senior Notes was $2,350 
million (2021: $1,538 million) compared with the carrying value of $2,328 million (2021: $1,337 million). The fair value of the 
Company’s Private Placement Notes is estimated at $1,142 million (2021: $1,273 million) compared with a carrying value of 
$1,153 million (2021: $1,152 million). The difference in fair values results from changes, since issuance, in the corporate debt 
markets and investor preferences. The fair value of the Unsecured Senior Notes and Private Placement Notes are classified as 
Level  2  fair  value  measurements,  and  were  estimated  using  quoted  market  prices  as  provided  in  secondary  markets  that 
consider the Company's credit risk and market-related conditions.

77

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11: Commitments and contingencies

Legal matters

The Company is, from time to time, involved in various legal proceedings considered to be normal course of business in 
relation to, among other things, the products that we supply, contractual and commercial disputes and disputes with employees. 
Provision is made if, on the basis of current information and professional advice, liabilities are considered likely to arise. In the 
case of unfavorable outcomes, the Company may benefit from applicable insurance protection. The Company does not expect 
any of its pending legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash 
flows.

Note 12: Accumulated other comprehensive loss

The change in accumulated other comprehensive income was as follows:

(In millions, net of tax)
Balance at July 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance at July 31, 2020
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income
Balance at July 31, 2021
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance at July 31, 2022

Foreign 
currency 
translation

Pensions

Total

($599)   
24 
9 
33 
($566)   
35 
135 
170 
($396)   
(24)   
— 
(24)   
($420)   

($282)   
(202)   
5 
(197)   
($479)   
66 
13 
79 
($400)   
(18)   
8 
(10)   
($410)   

($881) 
(178) 
14 
(164) 
($1,045) 
101 
148 
249 
($796) 
(42) 
8 
(34) 
($830) 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income related to pension and other post-retirement items include 
the related income tax impacts. Such amounts consisted of the following:

(In millions, net of tax)
Amortization of actuarial losses
Tax benefit
   Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

Note 13: Retirement benefit obligations

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$10 

(2)   
$8 

$18 

(5)   

$13 

$7 
(2) 
$5 

The Company provides various retirement benefits to eligible employees, including pension benefits associated with defined 
benefit plans, contributions to defined contribution plans, post-retirement benefits and other benefits. Eligibility requirements 
and benefit levels vary depending on associate location.

The Company provides defined benefit plans to its employees in Canada and the United Kingdom. The majority of the 
Canadian defined benefit plans are funded. Post-retirement benefit obligations are not material and have been included in all 
amounts presented herein.

The principal U.K. defined benefit plan is the Wolseley Group Retirement Benefits Plan which provides benefits based on final 
pensionable salaries. The assets are held in separate trustee administered funds. The plan was closed to new entrants in 2009, it 
was closed to future service accrual in December 2013, when it was replaced by a defined contribution plan, and it was closed 
during October 2016 for future non-inflationary salary accrual.

78

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2017, the Company secured a buy-in insurance policy with Pension Insurance Corporation for the U.K. defined benefit plan. 
This policy covered all of the benefits provided by the plan to pensioner members at the time. The insurance asset is valued as 
exactly equal to the insured liabilities.

In 2021, prior to the disposal of the U.K. business, Wolseley UK Limited, the U.K. defined benefit plan was transferred to 
Ferguson UK Holdings Limited.

The net periodic benefit costs were valued with a measurement date of July 31 for each year. The funded status of the 
Company’s plans was as follows:

(In millions)

Change in net benefit obligations:

Beginning balance

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gain) loss

Benefits paid

Exchange rate adjustment

Ending balance

Change in assets at fair value:

Beginning balance

Actual return on plan assets

Company contributions

Benefits paid

Exchange rate adjustment

Ending balance at fair value

Funded status of plans

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

$2,208 

$2,283 

— 

41 

(554)   

(71)   

(222)   

3 

32 

(171) 

(77) 

138 

$1,402 

$2,208 

$2,304 

$2,220 

(506)   

15 

(71)   

(234)   

(33) 

56 

(77) 

138 

$1,508 

$106 

$2,304 

$96 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit plans for the year ending July 31, 2023 are up to $15 million.

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consisted of:

(In millions)

Non-current asset
Non-current liability

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income loss:

(In millions)

Net actuarial loss
Income tax impact

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$114 

(8)   

$108 
(12) 

As of July 31,

2022

2021

$537 
(127)   
$410 

$538 
(138) 
$400 

79

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of other comprehensive loss (income) consisted of the following:

(In millions)

Net actuarial (gain) loss

Amortization of net actuarial loss

Impact of exchange rates

Income tax impact

Other comprehensive loss (income)

$ 

The costs associated with all of the Company’s plans were as follows:

(In millions)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Service costs

Other expense (income), net

Amortization of net actuarial losses

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Net periodic benefit (income) cost

Weighted-average assumptions:

Discount rate, net periodic benefit cost

Discount rate, benefit obligations

Expected return on plan assets

Salary growth rate

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

($3)   

(10)   

12 

11 

10 

($78)   

(18)   

— 

17 

$249 

(7) 

— 

(45) 

($79)   

$197 

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

2020

$— 

10 

41 

(45) 

$6 

 1.78 %

 3.53 %

 2.12 %

 2.35 %

$3 

18 

32 

(60) 

($7) 

 1.56 %

 1.78 %

 2.60 %

 2.13 %

$3 

7 

36 

(53) 

($7) 

 2.21 %

 1.56 %

 3.15 %

 2.08 %

The Company determines the discount rate primarily by reference to rates on high-quality, long-term corporate and government 
bonds that mature in a pattern similar to the expected payments to be made under the various plans. The weighted average 
discount rate assumptions used by the Company to determine the benefit obligations was 3.53%, 1.78% and 1.56% for fiscal 
2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company has established strategic asset allocation percentage targets for significant asset classes with the aim of achieving 
an appropriate balance between risk and return. The Company periodically revises asset allocations, where appropriate, in an 
effort to improve return and/or manage risk. The expected return on plan assets is determined based on the expected long-term 
rate of return on plan assets and the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related value of plan assets is based on 
long-term expectations given current investment objectives and historical results. The weighted average expected rate of return 
assumptions were 2.12%, 2.60%, and 3.15% for fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Investment Strategy  

The Company’s investment strategy for its funded post-employment plans is decided locally and, if relevant, by the trustees of 
the plan and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The Company’s objective for the investment strategy is to 
achieve a target rate of return in excess of the increase in the liabilities, while taking an acceptable amount of investment risk 
relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are 
expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return.

For the U.K. plan, the guaranteed insurance policy represents approximately 30% of the plan assets. For the remaining assets, 
the strategy is to invest in a mix of equities, bonds and other income-generating asset classes so that expected cash flows 
broadly match a high proportion of the cash flows of the plan’s expected liabilities. The investment strategy is subject to regular 
review by the trustees of the plan in consultation with the Company. 

80

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the plans in Canada, the investment strategy is to invest predominantly in equities and bonds.

The Company’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

Asset category:

Equity securities
Fixed income securities
Cash, cash equivalents and other short-term investments
Guaranteed insurance policies

Total

As of July 31,

2022

2021

 2 %
 67 
 2 
 29 
 100 %

 2% 
 70 
 1 
 27 
 100 %

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of July 31, 2022:

(In millions)
U.K. Plan assets:

Fixed income securities:

Corporate
Asset backed
Government

Cash and cash equivalents
Insurance policies

Canada Plan assets:
Equity securities
Fixed income securities:

Corporate
Government

Cash and cash equivalents
Other

As of July 31, 2022

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

639 
80 
246 
25 
418 

35 

7 
32 
1 
25 
$1,508 

8 
16 
— 
22 
— 

35 

— 
— 
1 
14 
$96 

492 
58 
239 
3 
— 

— 

7 
32 
— 
11 
$842 

139 
6 
7 
— 
418 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
$570 

81

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of July 31, 2021:

(In millions)

U.K. Plan assets:

Fixed income securities:

Corporate

Asset backed

Government

Cash and cash equivalents

Insurance policies

Canada Plan assets:

Equity securities

Fixed income securities:

Corporate

Government

Cash and cash equivalents

Other

As of July 31, 2021

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

889 

173 

492 

19 

602 

48 

13 

40 

1 

27 

11 

27 

— 

15 

— 

48 

— 

— 

1 

16 

716 

139 

477 

4 

— 

— 

13 

40 

— 

11 

162 

7 

15 

— 

602 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$2,304 

$118 

$1,400 

$786 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value measurements using 
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): 

(In millions)
Beginning balance
Realized gains
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
Impact of exchange rates

Ending balance

For the years ended July 31,

2022

2021

$786 
(108)   
(20)   
(88)   

$570 

$707 
(113) 
147 
45 
$786 

The Company expects the following benefit payments related to its defined benefit pension plan over the next 10 years:

(In millions)

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028-2032

Total

82

82

As of July 31,

2022

$62 

64 

65 

67 

68 

367 

$693 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Defined Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to both employee compensation deferral and profit-sharing plans. 

The principal plans operated for employees in the United States are defined contribution plans, which are established in 
accordance with 401k rules in the United States, as well as a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. 

The Company’s Canadian employees are covered by defined contribution plans including a Post Retirement Benefit Plan and 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Under the Canadian plans, the Company’s employees are able to make personal 
contributions. 

Total expense related to defined contribution plans in fiscal 2022 was $87 million (2021: $74 million and 2020: $68 million).

Deferred compensation plan

The Company offers its employees a deferred compensation plan that was established to provide added incentive for the 
retention of key employees.  The Company’s obligations related to the plan total $297 million (2021: $328 million), including a 
current portion of the liability of $29 million (2021: $31 million). The Company has investments in Company-owned life 
insurance policies that are intended to fund these obligations, however, these assets are subject to the general claims of the 
Company’s creditors. The assets are recorded at cash surrender value with changes recognized in earnings. The non-current 
assets total $295 million (2021: $332 million).

Note 14: Shareholders’ equity

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s share activity:

Ordinary shares:
Balance at beginning of period
Change in shares issued
   Balance at end of period

Treasury shares:
Balance at beginning of period
Repurchases of ordinary shares
Treasury shares used to settle share-based compensation awards
   Balance at end of period

Employee Benefit Trust:
Balance at beginning of period
New shares purchased
Employee Benefit Trust shares used to settle share-based compensation awards
   Balance at end of period
Total shares outstanding at end of period

For the years ended July 31,
2021

2022

2020

 232,171,182 
— 
 232,171,182 

 232,171,182 
— 
 232,171,182 

 232,171,182 
— 
 232,171,182 

(9,862,816)   
  (11,413,180)   

197,419 

  (21,078,577)   

(7,280,222)   
(3,020,368)   
437,774 
(9,862,816)   

(2,036,945) 
(5,591,570) 
348,293 
(7,280,222) 

(833,189)   
(600,000)   
586,698 
(846,491)   

(1,277,347)   

— 
444,158 
(833,189)   

(1,563,778) 
(307,345) 
593,776 
(1,277,347) 
 223,613,613 

 210,246,114 

 221,475,177 

Two Employee Benefit Trusts have been established in connection with the Company’s discretionary share option plans and 
long-term  incentive  plans.  Dividends  due  on  shares  held  by  the  Employee  Benefit  Trusts  are  waived  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  trust  deeds.  At  July  31,  2022,  the  shares  held  in  trusts  had  a  market  value  of  $107  million  (2021:  $117 
million).

83

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Repurchases

In September 2021, the Company announced a program to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of shares with the aim of completing 
the purchases within 12 months. In March 2022, the Company announced an increase of $1.0 billion to its share repurchase 
program, bringing the total to $2.0 billion. As of July 31, 2022, the Company has completed $1.5 billion of the announced $2.0 
billion repurchase program. In September 2022, the Company extended its share repurchase program by an additional $0.5 
billion, resulting in a remaining balance of $1.0 billion, which is expected to be completed within the next 12 months. The 
Company is currently purchasing shares under an irrevocable and non-discretionary arrangement (the “Arrangement”) with 
$324 million in accrued repurchases remaining, which is recorded as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 15: Share-based compensation

The Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2011, the Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2019 and the 
Ferguson Group Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 (the “LTIP”) provide guidelines to determine the maximum number of 
ordinary shares that can be granted under each plan. Under these plans, the Company cannot grant equity awards that would 
result in the issuance of ordinary shares that, when aggregated with awards issued and outstanding under all of the Company’s 
other equity plans, would exceed 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital (adjusted for share issuance and 
cancellation) in any rolling 10-year period. In addition, as applicable, the Company is committed to not issuing new shares or 
reissuing treasury shares to executives under its equity plans that, when aggregated with issued and outstanding awards held by 
executives under all of the Company’s other equity plans, would exceed 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) in any rolling 10-year period.

The Ferguson Group Employee Share Purchase Plan 2021 provides for a limit of 20 million ordinary shares that can be 
awarded under the plan subject to certain guidelines set forth in the plan that are consistent with the limits as described above. 
The Ferguson Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2019, the Ferguson Group Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (the “OSP”) and the Ferguson 
Group Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (the “POSP”) each provides for the grant of equity awards without limitation on 
the number of ordinary shares that can be awarded under the subject plan. 

The OSP grants to employees share awards that vest over a period of time (“time vested”), typically three years. Dividends do 
not accrue during the vesting period. The fair value of the award is based on share price on the date of grant.

Awards granted under the POSP vest at the end of a three-year performance cycle (“performance vested”). The number of 
ordinary shares granted upon vesting varies based upon the Company’s performance against an adjusted operating profit 
measure. Dividends do not accrue during the vesting period. The fair value of the award is based on share price on the date of 
grant.

Awards granted under the LTIP vest at the end of a three-year performance period. The number of ordinary shares granted upon 
vesting varies based on Company measures of inflation-indexed EPS, cash flow, and share performance compared with a peer 
company set. Based on the terms of this plan, the LTIP is treated as a liability-settled plan. As such, the fair value is initially 
determined at the date of grant, and is remeasured at each balance sheet date until the liability is settled. Dividends accrue 
during the vesting period.

The activity for fiscal 2022 with respect to all awards under the Company’s incentive plans is summarized in the following 
table:

Outstanding as July 31, 2021

Time vested grants

Performance vested grants
Long-term incentive plan grants(1)
Share adjustments based on performance

Vested

Forfeited

Outstanding at July 31, 2022

(1) These awards are liability-settled awards.

84

84

Number of Shares

Weighted Average 
grant date fair value

1,824,615 

78,816 

184,404 

20,084 

205,874 

(652,202)   

(85,037)   

1,576,554 

$78.58 

134.29 

134.29 

142.56 

132.43 

65.58 

97.66 

$100.03 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The vesting date fair value of time vested, performance vested awards and long-term incentive awards in fiscal 2022 was $94 
million (2021: $60 million and 2020: $61 million). The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of time vested, 
performance vested awards and long-term incentive awards was $134.88 (2021: $98.53 and 2020: $75.48).

The Company recognized share-based compensation expense within SG&A in the fiscal 2022 consolidated statements of 
earnings of $57 million (2021: $77 million and 2020: $29 million). The total associated income tax benefit recognized in fiscal 
2022 was $20 million (2021: $20 million and 2020: $12 million). Total unrecognized share-based payment expense for all 
share-based payment plans was $62 million at July 31, 2022, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average 
period of 1.7 years.

As of July 31, 2022, 19.8 million ordinary shares remain available for allotment under the rules of the Ferguson Group 
Employee Share Purchase Plan 2021. The exercise price per ordinary share will be prescribed by the Board for each offering 
period and may not be less than 85% of the lesser of the market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant and the market 
value of an ordinary share on the date of exercise. During fiscal 2022, there were approximately 122,218 shares purchased 
under the prior employee sharesave plan at an average price of $106.50.

For additional information about the Company share-based compensation plans, see Part III, Item 11: Executive Compensation 
- Employee Share Schemes.

Note 16: Acquisitions

The Company acquired the following businesses during fiscal 2022. Each of the acquired businesses are engaged in the 
distribution of plumbing and heating products and was primarily acquired to support growth, primarily in the United States. All 
transactions have been accounted for by the acquisition method of accounting.

Country of

incorporation Equity/asset deal Acquired %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %

Asset
Asset
Asset
Equity
Asset
Asset
Asset
Asset
Asset
Asset
Asset
Equity
Equity
Asset
Asset
Equity
Asset

USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
CA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

Name
Meyer Electric Co.
Sunstate Meter & Supply, Inc.
Safe Step Walk-In Tub Company, Inc.
Royal Pacific Limited
Hot Water Products, Inc.
Plumbers Supply Company of St. Louis
Adirondack Piping Solutions, Inc.
A.P. Supply Co.
Lighting and Appliance Incorporated
Founders Kitchen and Bath, Inc.
Canadian Safe-Step Tubs, Inc.
Safe-Step Tubs Northwest Inc.
Aaron & Company, Inc.
Triton Environmental, LLC
D2 Land & Water Resource, Inc.

Minka Lighting, LLC
Rybak Engineering, Inc.

Date of acquisition
September 2021
October 2021
November 2021
November 2021
December 2021 
January 2022
February 2022
March 2022
April 2022
April 2022
May 2022
May 2022
May 2022
June 2022
July 2022
July 2022
July 2022

85

85

The assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration for these acquisitions are as follows: 

(In millions)
Intangible assets:

Trade names and brands
Customer relationships
Other

Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax
Provisions

Total

Goodwill
Consideration
Satisfied by:

Cash
Deferred consideration

Total consideration

Year ended July 31,
2022

$27 
282 
17 
65 
11 
139 
91 
18 
(65) 
(68) 
(17) 
(1) 
499 
224 
$723 

$668 
$55 
$723 

The  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  are  considered  preliminary  and  are  based  on  management’s  best  estimates.  Further 
adjustments  may  be  necessary  when  additional  information  becomes  available  about  events  that  existed  at  the  date  of 
acquisition.  Amendments  to  fair  value  estimates  may  be  made  to  these  figures  in  the  12  months  following  the  date  of 
acquisition. As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company has made all known material adjustments.

The fair value estimates of intangible assets are considered non-recurring, Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy 
and are estimated as of each respective acquisition date.

The goodwill on these acquisitions is attributable to the anticipated profitability of the new markets and product ranges to which 
the Company has gained access and additional profitability, operating efficiencies and other synergies available in connection 
with existing markets. See note 7 for the allocation of acquired goodwill between the United States and Canada segments.

Deferred consideration represents the expected payout due to certain sellers of acquired businesses and is considered a non-cash 
investing  activity  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  liability  is  estimated  using  assumptions  regarding  the  expectations  of  an 
acquiree’s ability to achieve operating targets, as defined in the purchase agreements, over a period of time that typically spans 
one to three years. Deferred consideration for all current year and prior year acquisitions was recorded at the maximum value as 
it was deemed probable that the performance targets would be achieved.

The  businesses  acquired  in  fiscal  2022  contributed  $227  million  to  net  sales  and  $8  million  loss  to  the  Company’s  income 
before income tax, including acquired intangible amortization, transaction and integration costs for the period between the date 
of acquisition and the balance sheet date. 

If each acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial period, the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2022 would 
have  been  $29,105  million  (2021:  $23,510  million).  The  impact  on  income  before  income  tax  in  fiscal  2022  and  2021, 
including additional amortization, transaction and integration costs, would not be material.

86

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net outflow of cash in respect of the purchase of businesses is as follows:  

(In millions)
Purchase consideration
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts acquired
Cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired
Deferred and contingent consideration paid for prior years’ acquisitions(1)
Net cash outflow in respect of the purchase of businesses

(1) Included in other financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Note 17: Discontinued operations and disposals

Year ended
July 31,

2022

2021

$668   
(18)  
650   
22   
$672   

$299 
(13) 
286 
49 
$335 

On January 29, 2021, the Company disposed of the shares in its U.K. business, Wolseley UK Limited. As such, the disposal 
group has been presented as a discontinued operation.

The results from discontinued operations, which have been included in the consolidated statements of earnings are as follows: 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

2022

2021

2020

Year ended July 31,

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization

Gain (loss) on disposal of business, net

Income (loss) before income tax

Provision for income taxes

$—   

$1,138   

—   

—   

—   

—   

23   

23   

—   

(879)  

259   

(194)  

(11)  

(200)  

(146)  

(12)  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

$23   

($158)  

$1,879 

(1,440) 

439 

(417) 

(43) 

— 

(21) 

9 

($12) 

Earnings per share - Basic

Earnings per share - Diluted

$0.11   

$0.10   

($0.70)  

($0.70)  

($0.05) 

($0.05) 

In fiscal 2022, the gain on disposal of business comprised a gain on the sale of land in connection with the Company’s former 
Nordic operations that were disposed of in a prior year, generating $24 million in cash flow from investing activities.

In fiscal 2021, the net loss on disposal of business primarily related to the disposal of the U.K. business, Wolseley UK Limited, 
comprising  a  loss  on  disposal  of  $449  million  of  the  U.K.  business,  partially  offset  by  a  $235  million  gain  from  the 
reclassification  of  currency  translation  adjustments  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  income  following  the 
abandonment of former financing subsidiaries, as well as a $14 million gain on a prior year’s disposal of assets.

Note 18: Related party transactions

For fiscal 2022, the Company purchased $22 million (2021: $22 million and 2020: $18 million) of delivery, installation and 
related administrative services from companies that are, or are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of companies that are, 
controlled or significantly influenced by a Ferguson Non-Executive Director. No material amounts are due to such companies. 
The services are purchased on an arm’s-length basis.

87

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, 
as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act as of July 31, 2022. The term “disclosure 
controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the 
time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, 
controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit 
under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our 
disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived 
and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s report on internal controls over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term 
is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2022 based on the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on 
our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of July 31, 2022 in 
providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2022 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2022 that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

88

88

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ferguson plc 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Ferguson plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of July 31, 
2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended July 31, 2022, of the Company and our report 
dated September 27, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an 
explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in reporting framework.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s report 
on internal controls over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom 
September 27, 2022

89

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

90

90

Part III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table lists the names, ages and positions of each member of the Board.

Name
Geoff Drabble
Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage
Alan Murray(1)
Kelly Baker
Cathy Halligan
Brian May
Tom Schmitt
Nadia Shouraboura
Jacky Simmonds
Suzanne Wood

Age
62
52
46

69
53
59
58
57
52
59
62

Position
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director and Employee Engagement Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director

(1) Mr. Murray served as Senior Independent Director until this role was retired effective August 1, 2022. The functions and 
responsibilities of the Senior Independent Director role were assumed by the Chair of the Nominations & Governance 
Committee at such time.

Biographical information for each member of the Board is set forth below. 

Geoff Drabble, Chairman. Mr. Drabble was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in May 2019 and as Chairman in 
November 2019. Mr. Drabble has extensive leadership experience in the distribution, technology and manufacturing sectors, 
and has a deep knowledge of United States markets and operating conditions. He served as Chief Executive of Ashtead Group 
plc, a FTSE 100 industrial equipment rental company, for 12 years during which he presided over a period of unprecedented 
growth in the business and was instrumental in creating a strong culture. He was previously an executive director of The Laird 
Group plc, where he was responsible for its Building Products division, and held a number of senior management positions at 
Black & Decker. Mr. Drabble currently serves as Non-Executive Director at Howden Joinery Group plc and as Chairman at DS 
Smith Plc. 

Kevin Murphy, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director. Mr. Murphy was appointed as an Executive Director in August 
2017 and as Chief Executive Officer in November 2019. Mr. Murphy is a culture champion with strong executive leadership 
skills, and has deep Company and industry knowledge and strategic operational experience. Mr. Murphy has significant 
experience in strategic development and delivering operational performance improvements. Mr. Murphy joined Ferguson in 
1999 as an operations manager following the acquisition of his family’s business, Midwest Pipe and Supply. Prior to his 
appointment as Chief Executive Officer, he held a number of leadership positions in the Company’s Waterworks division and 
was Chief Operating Officer of the Company’s U.S. business segment from 2007 to 2017. He was Chief Executive Officer, 
USA from 2017 until his appointment as Chief Executive Officer in 2019. Since Mr. Murphy’s appointment to the Board in 
2017, the business has generated strong, profitable growth and continued to take market share under his leadership.

Bill Brundage, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director. Mr. Brundage was appointed Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Director in November 2020. Mr. Brundage has considerable financial management and operational experience in 
addition to significant Company and industry knowledge. Mr. Brundage is a certified public accountant with extensive 
Company experience. Mr. Brundage joined Ferguson in 2003 as manager of Finance and was promoted to Corporate Controller 
two years later. In 2008, he was promoted to Vice President of Finance, a position he held until his promotion to Senior Vice 
President of Finance in 2016. Mr. Brundage was then appointed as Chief Financial Officer of Ferguson Enterprises, the 
Company’s U.S. business segment, from 2017 until his appointment as Chief Financial Officer in 2020. Previously, 
Mr. Brundage spent five years at PricewaterhouseCoopers in the United States as a senior associate.

91

91

Alan Murray, Independent Non-Executive Director and Employee Engagement Director. Mr. Murray was appointed as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2013, as Senior Independent Non-Executive Director in October 2013 and as 
Employee Engagement Director in March 2019. Mr. Murray has considerable international operational and financial experience 
and extensive executive management experience within global businesses. He is a qualified chartered management accountant 
with extensive business leadership skills, executive and board experience and global business and financial reporting expertise. 
From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Murray served as Group Chief Executive of Hanson plc, where he had previously served as Finance 
Director and Chief Executive of Hanson Building Materials America. He served on the Management Board and Supervisory 
Board of HeidelbergCement AG and as a Non-Executive Director of International Power plc. Currently, Mr. Murray serves as a 
Director at O-I Glass, Inc. 

Kelly Baker, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Baker was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in May 
2021. Ms. Baker has extensive human resources and operational experience, as well as wide-ranging international business and 
functional experience. She has led people, organizational and cultural development across a number of U.S.-based, global 
public companies. Ms. Baker spent over 20 years with General Mills Inc., in a variety of roles, including Vice President of HR 
U.S. Retail and Marketing, Vice President of HR Corporate Groups and Vice President of Diversity and Inclusion. She served 
as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at Patterson Companies Inc. between 2016 and 2017 and at 
Pentair plc from 2017 to 2021. Currently, Ms. Baker is Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at 
Thrivent Financial for Lutherans.

Cathy Halligan, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Halligan was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director 
in January 2019. Ms. Halligan is an experienced senior executive with extensive board, digital transformation, digital 
commerce, data analytics and marketing experience. She has a strong track record in the retail, e-commerce and multi-channel 
arenas, and she has served as the Chief Marketing Officer at Walmart.com and the Senior Vice President Sales and Marketing 
at PowerReviews. In addition, Ms. Halligan has held senior marketing and internet roles at retailer Williams-Sonoma Inc., 
where she was responsible for leading efforts to launch its brands, such as Pottery Barn, on the web. She was an independent 
director at Wilton Brands from 2016 to 2018 and a Non-Executive Director at FLIR Systems, Inc. from 2014 to 2021. 
Currently, Ms. Halligan serves as a Director at Driven Brands, Inc., JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. and Ulta Beauty, Inc. 

Brian May, Independent Non-Executive Director. Mr. May was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in 
January 2021. Mr. May has considerable financial and operational experience and extensive industry expertise. He is a qualified 
chartered accountant. His career started at KPMG and continued with a 27-year career at Bunzl plc, where he held a number of 
roles across the Treasury and Internal Audit functions. He was Divisional Finance Director of Bunzl’s U.K., Europe and 
Australasia division for nine years and then served as Chief Financial Officer for 14 years until his retirement in late 2019. 
From 2012 to 2021, Mr. May served as a Non-Executive Director at United Utilities Group PLC. Currently, Mr. May serves as 
a Non-Executive Director at ConvaTec Group plc. 

Tom Schmitt, Independent Non-Executive Director. Mr. Schmitt was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in 
February 2019. Mr. Schmitt has significant operational experience as well as extensive knowledge of United States and 
international logistics and supply chain businesses. He is an experienced Chief Executive Officer with significant first-hand 
leadership experience in the markets in which the Company operates and a track record of driving accelerated profitable growth 
and promoting integrity, transparency and values-based leadership. Mr. Schmitt’s career started at BP and McKinsey and has 
encompassed leadership roles at FedEx, Purolator and DB Schenker. He served as a Non-Executive Director of Zooplus AG 
from 2013 to 2016 and as Chief Commercial Officer of Schenker AG from 2015 to 2018. Currently, Mr. Schmitt serves as 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Forward Air Corporation, Inc. 

Nadia Shouraboura, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Shouraboura was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director in July 2017. Ms. Shouraboura has considerable expertise in running complex logistics and supply chain activities, and 
she has extensive experience of cutting edge technology and e-commerce. She also has substantial experience of the consumer 
and technology sectors. Ms. Shouraboura was a Vice President and member of the senior leadership team at Amazon.com, Inc. 
and held management positions at Exelon Power Team, Diamond Management and Starlight Multimedia Inc. She held board-
level positions at Hointer Inc. and Cimpress N.V., and was on the supervisory board of X5 Retail Group N.V. Currently, 
Ms. Shouraboura serves as a Non-Executive Director at Mobile TeleSystems Public Joint Stock Company and Ocado Group 
plc. 

92

92

Jacky Simmonds, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Simmonds was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director in May 2014. Ms. Simmonds has extensive experience in executive compensation and human resources within large 
international businesses, and significant knowledge of talent management and employee engagement. She has experience 
across a number of sectors. Ms. Simmonds has worked as an HR Director in a number of different consumer-facing businesses, 
including VEON ltd, easyJet plc and TUI Travel plc. She was a member of the Supervisory Board of TUI Deutschland, GmbH 
and a director of PEAK Adventure Travel Group Limited. Currently, Ms. Simmonds serves as Chief People Officer of Experian 
plc. 

Suzanne Wood, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Wood was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in 
January 2021. Ms. Wood has significant financial and operational knowledge and extensive public company experience. 
Ms. Wood is a chartered accountant and an experienced Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wood’s career started at PriceWaterhouse 
LLP and has encompassed Chief Financial Officer roles at Oakwood Homes Corporation and Tultex Corporation. Ms. Wood 
served as Chief Financial Officer of Ashtead Group plc for six years, from 2012 to 2018, after having joined Ashtead in 2003 as 
Chief Financial Officer of Sunbelt Rentals, Ashtead’s largest operating brand in the United States. Ms. Wood most recently 
served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Vulcan Materials Company until September 1, 2022, and serves 
as a Non-Executive Director at RELX PLC. 

The following table lists the names, ages and positions of our Executive Officers:  

Name
Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage
Jim Cross
Ian Graham
Michael Jacobs
Sammie Long
Victoria Morrissey
Jake Schlicher
Bill Thees
Garland Williams

Age

52
46
63
54
61
54
56
58
55
47

Position
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director
Senior Vice President of Ferguson Enterprises
General Counsel
Senior Vice President of Supply Chain
Chief Human Resources Officer
Chief Marketing Officer
Senior Vice President of Strategic Development
Senior Vice President of Business and Sales
Senior Vice President of Customer Experience and Canada

Biographical information for each of our Executive Officers (other than Kevin Murphy and Bill Brundage, our Executive 
Directors) is set forth below. 

Jim Cross, Senior Vice President of Ferguson Enterprises. Mr. Cross was named Senior Vice President in 2006. He provides 
strategic leadership for the Residential Showroom & Builder, Residential Trade, Commercial Business, HVAC, Industrial and 
Commercial MRO businesses. Mr. Cross began his career with Ferguson in 1981 as a trainee in Charleston, S.C. In 1991, he 
was promoted to General Manager of Ocala, FL, and transferred to Orlando, FL in 1994 as General Manager. He was promoted 
to Southeast Regional Manager in 2001 and then to Vice President - Southern Regional Manager in 2003.

Ian Graham, General Counsel. Mr. Graham joined the Company as General Counsel in May 2019. He was most recently 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for BAE Systems, Inc. from 2010 to 2019. Prior to that he held senior 
roles at EMCORE Corporation, UUNET Technologies, Jenner & Block LLP and McKenna & Cuneo LLP. 

Michael Jacobs, Senior Vice President of Supply Chain. Mr. Jacobs was appointed Senior Vice President of Supply Chain in 
February 2017. He is responsible for managing all aspects of the supply chain processes within Ferguson and developing a 
supply chain strategy that meets performance objectives and customer expectations. Prior to Ferguson, Mr. Jacobs held various 
roles at Keurig Green Mountain, including Chief Product Officer and Chief Logistics Officer, where he led the re-engineering 
of Keurig’s supply chain. Prior to Keurig, Mr. Jacobs served as Senior Vice President, Logistics for Toys “R” Us, where he led 
store, ecommerce and omni-channel fulfillment globally.

Sammie Long, Chief Human Resources Officer. Ms. Long was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer in 2017. Before 
joining the Company, Ms. Long was Chief Human Resources Officer for the Kellogg Company. Prior to her 14-year career in 
human resources at Kellogg, Ms. Long held human resources positions at Sharp Electronics UK Ltd and Fujitsu Services 
Europe.

93

93

Victoria Morrissey, Chief Marketing Officer. Ms. Morrissey was appointed as Chief Marketing Officer in May 2021. With 
more than 20 years of diversified experience, Ms. Morrissey was most recently responsible for Global Marketing and Brand at 
Caterpillar Inc. from 2017 to 2021, where she led a global team with oversight of brand, digital marketing, analytics, customer 
insights and customer experience. Prior to this, she led brand and content marketing at Grainger. In addition to her industry 
experience, Ms. Morrissey worked at several agencies, including WPP, one of the world’s largest advertising agencies. 

Jake Schlicher, Senior Vice President of Strategic Development. Mr. Schlicher was named Senior Vice President of Strategic 
Development in February 2019. He focuses on developing strategies that help make our customers’ complex projects simple, 
successful and sustainable. Mr. Schlicher joined Ferguson in 1999 through the acquisition of L&H Supply. Since then, Mr. 
Schlicher has held numerous positions including Director of the Residential Business Group, Vice President of Private Label, 
Vice President of the Strategic Products Group, and Vice President of the Commercial Business. In March 2016, he was named 
Senior Vice President of Ferguson Facilities Supply and, in November 2017, he was named Senior Vice President Strategic 
Brand Development.

Bill Thees, Senior Vice President of Business and Sales. Mr. Thees was promoted to Senior Vice President of Business and 
Sales in 2018. He provides leadership and direction to Waterworks, Fire & Fabrication, National Accounts, Pricing and 
Quotations. Mr. Thees began his career with Ferguson in 1990 as a trainee at the Orlando, Florida Waterworks location. Since 
then, he has held several key positions, including Branch Manager, General Manager and District Manager. Mr. Thees assumed 
leadership for the Waterworks Business Group in 2007 and was promoted to Vice President in 2009. 

Garland Williams, Senior Vice President of Customer Experience and Canada. Mr. Williams was appointed Senior Vice 
President of Customer Experience and Canada in 2021. He is responsible for overseeing Canadian operations and ensuring 
strong alignment between the Digital Commerce organization and our business in the U.S. Mr. Williams joined the organization 
as a trainee in July 1996 and has held several progressive roles over his 26-year career with Ferguson. This has included inside 
and outside sales, Branch and Area Manager, General Manager, District Manager, VP Residential Trade, and, most recently, 
VP of Customer Experience and Canada in 2020.

Term of office 

All Non-Executive Directors appointed to the Board are subject to reappointment by shareholders at every Annual General 
Meeting of the Company. Our Executive Officers do not have a specific term of office.

Board of Directors and Key Committees 

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Company. The Board’s primary role is to provide 
effective and entrepreneurial leadership necessary to enable the Company’s business objectives to be met and to review the 
overall strategic development of the Company as a whole. 

Certain strategic decisions and authorities of the Company are reserved as matters for the Board. For some of these matters, the 
Board delegates responsibilities and authorities to its Committees. The matters reserved for the Board for its decision, which are 
set out in a formal schedule, include matters related to: strategy and management; capital and corporate structure; financial 
reporting and controls; tax and treasury; major commitments; certain communications; Board and certain executive officer 
appointments; compensation of Directors and executive officers; delegation of authority; corporate governance and certain 
policies.

The Board has four formally constituted Committees of the Board, each of which operates in accordance with its charter. Each 
charter is reviewed periodically.

Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, and makes recommendations to the Board as 
appropriate, in relation to the Company’s financial statements and financial reporting process, the independence and 
qualifications of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (“independent auditor”), the performance of the 
Company’s independent auditor and internal audit function, and the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory 
requirements, including internal controls designed for that purpose. The current members of the Audit Committee are: Messrs. 
Murray (Chair) and May, and Mmes. Halligan and Wood. 

94

94

Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee discharges the Board’s responsibilities relating to compensation of the Company’s executive 
officers; oversees the compensation policies, practices and programs of the Company; and produces an annual report of the 
Compensation Committee for inclusion in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K or proxy statement, if applicable. The 
current members of the Compensation Committee are: Mmes. Simmonds (Chair), Baker and Halligan, and Messrs. Drabble, 
Murray and Schmitt.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation. None of the members of the Compensation Committee is or has 
been an executive officer of the Company, nor did they have any relationships requiring disclosure by the Company under Item 
404 of Regulation S-K. None of the Company’s executive officers served as a director or a member of a compensation 
committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, an executive officer of which served as a 
director of the Company or a member of the Compensation Committee during fiscal 2022.

Nominations & Governance Committee 
The Nominations & Governance Committee identifies and recommends to the Board qualified candidates for nomination as 
members of the Board and its Committees consistent with criteria approved by the Board, develops and recommends to the 
Board the corporate governance principles applicable to the Company, and oversees the evaluation of the Board and executive 
officers. It also develops, recommends to the Board for approval, and periodically reviews a succession plan for the Company’s 
chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Shareholders may recommend a director for nomination in accordance with 
section 119 in our Articles of Association. The current members of the Nominations & Governance Committee are: Messrs. 
Murray (Chair), Drabble, May and Schmitt, and Mmes. Baker and Halligan. 

Major Announcements Committee 

The Major Announcements Committee meets as required to consider the Company’s disclosure obligations regarding material 
information where the matter is unexpected and non-routine. The current members of the Major Announcements Committee 
are: Messrs. Drabble (Chair) and May, and Ms. Simmonds.

Audit Committee Financial Experts

The Board has determined that each of Mr. Murray, an independent director and Chairperson of our Audit Committee, and Ms. 
Wood and Mr. May, independent directors and members of our Audit Committee, is an “audit committee financial expert” as 
defined by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

Director independence

Each of our Non-Executive Directors is deemed an “independent” director under applicable NYSE and SEC regulations, and 
each satisfies the applicable NYSE and SEC regulations for “independence” with respect to the committees of Board on which 
such director serves. Tessa Bamford stepped down from her position as a member of the Board and all Board Committees at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting on December 2, 2021. For the portion of fiscal 2022 in which Ms. Bamford served as a 
member of the Audit Committee, she did not meet the strict technical independence criteria for audit committees under the rules 
of the NYSE. However, in accordance with these rules, Ferguson relied on the exemption that Ms. Bamford may remain as a 
member of the Audit Committee for 12 months from the date of the Company’s additional listing of shares on the NYSE.   

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is applicable to all directors, officers and associates, a copy of 
which is available for downloading free of cost from the Who We Are section of our website at www.fergusonplc.com under 
the Corporate Governance tab. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Form 10-K regarding amendment to, or 
waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information at the website location 
specified above. 

95

95

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted by Item 402(a)(i) of SEC Regulation S-K to respond to this Item 11 by providing 
the information required by Items 6.B. and 6.E.2 of Form 20-F. Accordingly, we are not required to disclose executive 
compensation according to the requirements of Regulation S-K that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. For purposes of this 
disclosure, our Senior Management are considered to be the same individuals as our Executive Officers.

Compensation

For fiscal 2022, the total compensation paid to the Company’s Non-Executive Directors, Executive Directors and Senior 
Management as a group was $31.2 million. The total amounts set aside or accrued by the Company to provide pension, 
retirement or similar benefits for this group was $1.4 million. 

Compensation of Non-Executive Directors 

The compensation of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board with account taken of the time and 
responsibility involved in each role, including, where applicable, the Chairmanship of Board Committees. A summary of the 
annualized fees for fiscal 2022 is as follows:  

Chairman’s Fee
Other Non-Executive Directors’ Base Fee
Additional Fees:

Senior Independent Director
Chair of Audit Committee
Chair of Compensation Committee
Employee Engagement Director

Fees(1)(2)(3)
($000)

563.0
98.2

28.8
28.8
28.8
14.0

(1) All increases to Non-Executive Director and Chairman fees from the prior financial year were broadly in line with the 

average salary increase awarded to the general workforce.

(2) The Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) also have the benefit of a travel allowance of $3,140 (each way), 

where there would be a need for intercontinental flight in excess of five hours (one way) based on the home location of the 
Non-Executive Director or Chairman and the location of the Board (or Committee) meeting, up to a maximum of $37,680 
per annum.

(3) The amounts provided in the table for fees were converted to U.S. Dollars from GBP based on the average of HMRC rates 

for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2022 of 1.3318 U.S. Dollars per GBP.

The following table sets out the aggregate compensation received by each Non-Executive Director for fiscal 2022: 

Non-Executive Directors(3)
Geoff Drabble
Kelly Baker
Tessa Bamford(4)
Cathy Halligan
Brian May
Alan Murray
Tom Schmitt
Nadia Shouraboura
Jacky Simmonds
Suzanne Wood

Fees(1)
($000)

Travel 
Allowance(1)
($000)

Benefits
(1)(2)(3)

($000)

$563
98
42
98
98
170
98
98
127
98

$0
19
0
13
0
19
19
19
0
19

$2
8
4
8
5
4
7
7
4
6

96
96

(1) The amounts provided in the table for Fees were converted to US Dollars from GBP based on the average of HMRC rates 
for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2022 of 1.3318 US Dollars per GBP.  The amounts provided in the table for Travel 
Allowance and Benefits were converted to US Dollars from GBP based on the average of HMRC rates for the month at the 
time of payment.  

(2) The taxable benefits for the Non-Executive Directors relate to U.K. taxable benefits.
(3) Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a travel allowance of $3,140 (each way), where there is a need for 

intercontinental flight in excess of five hours (one way) based on the home location of the Non-Executive Director and the 
location of the Board (or Committee) meeting, up to a maximum of $37,680 per individual per annum. This allowance was 
introduced in November 2018.

(4) No Non-Executive Director participated in any of the Company’s employee share schemes or received any bonuses or 

share-based awards for fiscal 2022.

(5) Tessa Bamford stepped down effective December 2, 2021, and the compensation shown above is to the date of cessation. 

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to receive any compensation upon the termination of their 
appointment and no fees will be payable in respect of any unserved portion of the term of their appointment. Further, Non-
Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in the Company’s share, bonus or pension plans. Non-Executive Directors are 
entitled to reimbursement from the Company for reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties. Non-
Executive Directors may, in certain circumstances and at the Company’s expense, obtain independent professional advice in the 
furtherance of their duties as directors.

Compensation of Executive Directors/Senior Management

The aggregate amount of compensation paid by the Company to the Executive Directors/Senior Management in fiscal 2022 was 
approximately $29.6 million. This amount comprises salary, annual bonus, car allowance, pension contributions and private 
medical insurance, and the incentive awards and share options granted to the Executive Directors/Senior Management, during 
fiscal 2022. The table below reflects the amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted, to the Executive Directors, 
during fiscal 2022. 

Executive Directors
Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage

Share-Based Awards
($000)

Salary
($000)

Benefits(1)
($000)

Bonuses(2)
($000)

Granted in 
Year(3)

Vested in 
Year(4)

1,150
636

385
227

1,380
560

4,045
1,612

4,928
1,661

(1) Benefits include (i) pre-tax figures for private health insurance premiums, car benefit (car allowance and/or car), and 
healthcare benefits and life insurance premium contributions; (ii) shares purchased under the 2021 ESPP (as defined 
below) savings contract), the value of which represents the gain, calculated by determining the difference between the 
option price and the share price at the date the option price was set on the maximum number of shares granted; and (iii) 
pension benefits (Kevin Murphy and Bill Brundage participate in the defined contribution pension arrangements of 
Ferguson Enterprises, receiving contributions of 16% of base salary from Ferguson Enterprises).

(2) Includes annual bonuses earned during fiscal 2022, as described below.

(3) Includes (i) for Kevin Murphy a conditional award under the LTIP (as defined below) over 28,719 shares granted on 

October 14, 2021 with a share price used to calculate the face value of the award of $140.84 (which was the average share 
price over a five dealing day period immediately preceding the date of grant) totaling $4.045 million; and (ii) for Bill 
Brundage a conditional award under the LTIP over 11,449 shares granted on October 14, 2021 with a share price used to 
calculate the face value of the award of $140.84 (which was the average share price over a five dealing day period 
immediately preceding the date of grant) totaling $1.612 million.

(4) Includes (i) for Kevin Murphy a conditional award under the LTIP over 32,658 shares which vested on October 18, 2021 
with a share price used to calculate the value of the award of $144.69 (which was the GBP share price on the date of 
vesting converted into USD using a rate of 1.3726) totaling $4.725 million, together with a dividend equivalents cash 
payment of $6.21 per share; and (ii) for Bill Brundage a conditional award under the POSP (as defined below) over 11,479 
shares which vested on October 18, 2021 with a share price used to calculate the value of the award of $144.69 (which was 
the GBP share price on the date of vesting converted into USD using a rate of 1.3726 ) totaling $1.661 million. 

97
97

Bonuses

The Executive Directors/Senior Managers are generally eligible to receive an annual bonus based on an assessment of financial 
and personal performance during the relevant financial year. The annual bonus earned up to the target level of payout by an 
Executive Director/Senior Manager will be paid in cash, and if shareholding guidelines have been met at the time the bonus is 
awarded, any amounts of the annual bonus earned in excess of target will also be paid in cash. Alternatively, if shareholding 
guidelines have not been met at the time the bonus is awarded, amounts earned in excess of target by an Executive Director will 
be deferred, and for Senior Managers may be deferred, into shares and held subject to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan (as 
described below), and subject to forfeiture for three years (or such other period as our Compensation Committee considers 
appropriate) from the date the bonus is awarded. The maximum annual bonus opportunity for an Executive Director/Senior 
Manager who is recruited from or based in the United States is up to 500% of base salary; and for an Executive Director/Senior 
Manager who is recruited from and based in any other geography is up to 350% of base salary. All bonus payments are 
determined by the Compensation Committee. The threshold, target and maximum bonus opportunities for each Executive 
Director for fiscal 2022 were as follows: 

Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage

Pensions 

Threshold

Target
as a % of salary

Maximum

49
50

110
90

150
110

The Company operates a variety of pension plans, including funded and unfunded defined benefit plans in Canada and the 
United Kingdom. During fiscal 2022, the Company paid an aggregate amount of approximately $1.4 million to Executive 
Directors/Senior Management under the Company’s pension plans. 

Employee Share Schemes 

The following is a summary of the main provisions of the Company Employee Share Plans (as defined below) that have been 
adopted by the Company. Participation in the schemes by the Executive Directors/Senior Management will be on terms that are 
consistent with the Company’s compensation framework and policies from time to time. 

The Company maintains the following share schemes for associates: the Deferred Bonus Plan 2019 (“DBP”); the Employee 
Share Purchase Plan 2021 (“2021 ESPP”); the International Sharesave Plan 2019 (“ISP”); the Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 
(“LTIP”); the Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (“OSP”); and the Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (“POSP”) (collectively, the 
“Company Employee Share Plans”). The following terms are common to each of the Company Employee Share Plans: 

Dilution Limits 

Newly issued ordinary shares or treasury shares of the Company may be issued to satisfy options and awards granted under any 
of the Company Employee Share Plans, except for the DBP, OSP and POSP. 

No option or award may be granted under any of the Company Employee Share Plans (excluding the DBP, OSP and POSP) if 
such grant would cause the number of ordinary shares that have been issued pursuant to awards or options granted in the 
preceding 10 years, under all of the Company Employee Share Plans and under certain other historic share plans, to exceed 
10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant. In addition, no option or award may be 
granted under the executive share plans of the Company Employee Share Plans (excluding the DBP, OSP and POSP) operated 
by the Company if such grant would cause the number of ordinary shares that have been issued or may be issued pursuant to 
awards and options granted in the preceding 10 years under such plans and under certain other historic executive share plans to 
exceed 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant. These limits do not include options or 
awards that have lapsed and do not relate to ordinary shares purchased in the market unless they are held in treasury. 

Exercise Period 

Vested options may be exercised during the earlier of the applicable post-termination dates set forth in the terms of the 
applicable plan document and/or award agreements and the scheduled expiration date of the options (which is 10 years from the 
option grant date under the LTIP, 30 days from the option vest date under the OSP and POSP and six months from the option 
vest date under the ISP and on the date of automatic exercise under the 2021 ESPP). 

98
98

 
Timing of Grants 

Awards and options under the Company Employee Share Plans may normally only be granted within 42 days after the 
announcement of the Company’s results for any period, although they may be granted at other times if our Compensation 
Committee considers that there are exceptional circumstances justifying a grant. 

Variations of Share Capital 

Options and awards under the Company Employee Share Plans may be adjusted if there is a variation in the Company’s share 
capital (including a rights issue or any subdivision or consolidation of the share capital) or in the event of a demerger, or 
payment of a special dividend or similar event that materially affects the market price of the ordinary shares. 

Amendments; Termination or Suspension 

The Board or, where appropriate, our Compensation Committee, may amend the Company Employee Share Plans provided that 
(other than in respect of the DBP, OSP and POSP) the prior approval of Company shareholders in a general meeting is obtained 
to any amendments that provide an advantage to participants and that relate to eligibility, the number of ordinary shares that 
may be issued under the relevant scheme, the individual limit on participation, the terms on the vesting of options or awards, 
the rights attaching to the ordinary shares or the adjustment of options or awards. The shareholders’ approval is not required for 
minor amendments to benefit the administration of a scheme to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain 
favorable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or the Company. The Company Employee Share Plans 
may be terminated or suspended at any time but any termination will not affect participants’ subsisting rights. 

Other Provisions 

Options and awards granted under the Company Employee Share Plans are personal to the participant and may not be 
transferred except on death, and such options and awards are not pensionable. 

Deferred Bonus Plan 2019 

Our Compensation Committee may grant an award under the DBP to any associate (including an Executive Director/Senior 
Manager) who was a participant in any annual bonus plan operated by the Company during the financial year immediately 
preceding the proposed date of grant as a means of deferring part of that associate’s annual bonus into ordinary shares. 

Our Compensation Committee will decide whether the award will be granted in the form of an option, a conditional award or a 
phantom award, or any combination of these awards. No consideration will be payable for the grant of such awards. An award 
will be over such number of ordinary shares as have a value equal to the amount of a participant’s annual bonus that is required 
to be deferred. The vesting date of an award will be the third anniversary of the last day of the financial year immediately 
preceding the proposed date of grant, or such other date as our Compensation Committee considers appropriate. 

If, before an award has vested, a participant ceases to be an associate of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, then the award 
shall continue on its original vesting timetable, except that (i) awards will lapse without consideration on the date of cessation if 
a participant ceases to be an associate of the Company by reason of misconduct and (ii) subject to our Compensation 
Committee’s discretion, awards may vest on the date of death of an associate or on cessation of employment in other 
exceptional circumstances. 

In the event of a takeover or scheme of arrangement of the Company, awards will vest automatically, subject to our 
Compensation Committee’s discretion to determine that they will be rolled over into awards over shares in the acquiring 
company. 

Employee Share Purchase Plan 2021 

The 2021 ESPP is designed to qualify as a share purchase plan for the purposes of Section 423 of the Code. Under the 2021 
ESPP, eligible associates of a participating company (as defined in the 2021 ESPP) may be invited to apply for options to 
acquire ordinary shares at an exercise price at the end of the relevant option period. An associate (including an Executive 
Director/Senior Manager) of a participating company will be eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP if they have been 
continuously employed for at least six months prior to the date of grant, although the Compensation Committee may choose to 
exclude employees who customarily work 20 hours or less per week. 

99
99

A participant is required to make savings from pay in U.S. dollars with a minimum contribution of 1% of such participant’s 
base salary and a maximum contribution of 10% of base salary. The savings may be used to exercise the related option at the 
end of the relevant option period. The exercise price per ordinary share payable on exercise of an option will be prescribed by 
the Board for each offering period and may not be less than 85% of the lesser of the market value of an ordinary share on the 
date of grant and the market value of an ordinary share on the date of exercise. The number of ordinary shares over which an 
option is granted will be such that the total exercise price payable will correspond to the total savings payable from the savings 
arrangement at the end of the savings period. 

An option will be exercised automatically on the exercise date specified by the Board at the time of grant unless the participant 
has left employment or withdrawn from the 2021 ESPP before that date. 

Options normally lapse and any amounts credited to a participant’s account are paid back to a participant if a participant leaves 
employment with a participating company prior to the end of the relevant offering period. However, in the event of cessation of 
employment by reason of redundancy, injury or disability, retirement, death or the sale of the Company or business in which 
such participant works, the participant may continue to participate in the 2021 ESPP for three months following the date of 
termination of employment, or until the end of the relevant offering period (if less than three months). During such time period, 
the participant (or executor or heir) may exercise his or her options over such number of ordinary shares at the exercise price 
using the savings made up to the date of death or cessation of employment. 

Options will, subject to the discretion of our Compensation Committee to require roll-over, be automatically exercised 
following a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the Company, or other event materially affecting the value of 
the ordinary shares, over the lower of (i) such number of ordinary shares at the exercise price with the savings made up to the 
date of the relevant event and (ii) the number of ordinary shares over which the option was granted. 

International Sharesave Plan 2019 

Under the ISP, eligible associates may be invited to apply for options to acquire ordinary shares at the end of a fixed option 
period, which will not normally be fewer than three years from the date of grant of an option at an exercise price fixed at the 
date of grant. The ISP includes a United Kingdom Sharesave Plan under which eligible associates in the United Kingdom shall 
benefit from favorable tax treatment in respect of options granted to them (the “U.K. Sharesave”). An associate of a 
participating Company subsidiary will be eligible to participate in the ISP if, at the date of invitation, they have been employed 
for such continuous period as the Board may determine (not exceeding one year, or five years in the case of the U.K. 
Sharesave). 

A participant is required to enter into a savings contract with a nominated bank or savings carrier under which he or she may 
choose to make monthly savings from pay of between £10 and such amount as may be determined by the Board but not 
exceeding £500 (or such greater amount as is permitted under the U.K. Sharesave in accordance with applicable tax legislation) 
over the relevant savings period. The minimum and maximum savings amounts for participants outside the United Kingdom are 
the local currency equivalent of the Sterling amounts set out above. The savings may be used to exercise the related option at 
the end of the relevant option period. The exercise price per ordinary share payable on exercise of an option may not be less 
than 80% of the market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. The number of ordinary shares over which an option is 
granted will be such that the total exercise price payable will correspond to the total savings payable from the savings 
arrangement at the end of the savings period. 

Options will be exercisable for a period of six months after the end of the option period. Options normally lapse if a participant 
leaves employment of a participating company. However, if the employment ends by reason of retirement, disability, injury, 
redundancy, the sale of the Company or business in which they work or any other reason at the Board’s discretion, options may 
be exercised for up to six months after leaving over such number of ordinary shares as may be acquired at the exercise price 
together with the savings that have accrued up to the date of exercise, after which they will lapse. If the employment ends by 
reason of death, such options may be exercised for up to 12 months after the date of death (if the death occurred before the date 
of maturity) or for up to 12 months after the date of maturity (if the death occurred within six months following the date of 
maturity). 

Subject to the discretion of our Compensation Committee to require (or, in the case of the U.K. Sharesave, permit) roll-over, 
options will be exercisable for a period of six months following a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the 
Company over the lower of (i) such number of ordinary shares as may be acquired at the exercise price with the savings made 
up to the date of the relevant event, and (ii) the number of ordinary shares over which the option was granted. 

100
100

Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 

All associates of the Company and any of its subsidiaries, including Executive Directors/Senior Managers, are eligible to 
participate in the LTIP at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee will decide whether an 
award under the LTIP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any 
combination of these awards. Awards under the LTIP will entitle participants to acquire ordinary shares for no consideration to 
the extent that specified performance targets have been satisfied over a three-year performance period. United States associates 
may not be granted awards over ordinary shares with a market value at the date of grant in excess of five times the associate’s 
salary (which was previously three and a half times), and associates based in any other geography may not be granted an award 
over ordinary shares with a market value at the date of grant in excess of three and a half times the associate’s salary. 

An award will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, to the extent that the performance condition has been satisfied, 
conditional on the participant remaining in employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the vesting date 
(except in certain specified circumstances). Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to deliver ordinary shares 
following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash amount, subject to all 
necessary deductions. 

The Company’s shareholding guidelines require Executive Directors to retain vested shares (after taking into account any 
shares sold to pay tax, social security or similar liabilities) received from awards made under the LTIP for two years from the 
vesting date (except in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of our Compensation Committee). For awards granted 
as options, it will be sufficient to hold the vested but unexercised nil cost options for this period. 

Awards will normally be forfeited without consideration if a participant leaves employment prior to the vesting date. However, 
if the employment ends by reason of injury, ill health, disability, redundancy, the sale of a participant’s employing company or 
the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the discretion of our Compensation Committee, awards will vest 
on the original vesting date to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date. Alternatively, our Compensation 
Committee may determine that such award should vest on the date of cessation of employment to the extent that the 
performance condition has been met at such date. In the case of death, an award will vest immediately to the extent the 
performance condition has been met at such date. Vested awards will be subject to time prorating based on the number of days 
the participant was employed during the vesting period, unless our Compensation Committee determines otherwise. 

Awards may also vest early in the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the Company to the extent that 
the performance condition has been satisfied up to the date of the relevant event. 

Ordinary Share Plan 2019 

Any associates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, excluding Executive Directors of the Company, will be eligible to 
participate in the OSP at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee shall decide whether an 
award under the OSP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any 
combination of these awards. Options and awards may be over ordinary shares. No consideration is payable for the grant of 
such awards. 

In respect of any financial year, the maximum total market value of ordinary shares over which an award is granted to a 
participant may not exceed 100% of the participant’s salary (subject to the discretion of our Compensation Committee to 
determine otherwise). Our Compensation Committee will determine the vesting date, which will not (unless it determines 
otherwise) be earlier than the third anniversary of the date of grant. Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to 
deliver ordinary shares following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash 
amount, subject to all necessary deductions. 

Awards will normally be forfeited without consideration if a participant leaves employment with the Company or one of its 
subsidiaries prior to the vesting date. However, if the employment ends by reason of redundancy, death, injury or disability, 
retirement, the sale of a participant’s employing company or the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the 
discretion of our Compensation Committee, awards will vest on the date of cessation. Vested awards will be subject to time 
prorating based on the number of days the participant was employed during the vesting period, unless the Compensation 
Committee determines otherwise.

In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding up of the Company, subject to the discretion of our Compensation 
Committee to require roll-over, all unvested and outstanding awards will automatically vest and awards granted in the form of 
an option will be automatically exercised provided that any exercise price payable by the participant on exercise is no more 
than the offer price or consideration. 

101
101

On the vesting of an award that takes the form of an option, the participant may exercise the option during the period of 30 days 
following the vesting date, provided that if the award has vested due to a participant’s death or if the participant dies during the 
30-day period, the award may be exercised during the period of 12 months following the date of death. 

Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 

Any associates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, excluding Executive Directors of the Company, will be eligible to 
participate in the POSP at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee shall decide whether 
an award under the POSP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or 
any combination of these awards. Options and awards may be over ordinary shares. No consideration is payable for the grant of 
such awards. 

Our Compensation Committee will determine the vesting date, which will not (unless our Compensation Committee determines 
otherwise) be earlier than the third anniversary of the date of grant. Vesting is subject to the satisfaction of performance 
conditions set by our Compensation Committee. Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to deliver ordinary 
shares following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash amount, subject 
to all necessary deductions. 

Awards will normally be forfeited if a participant leaves employment of the Company or any of its subsidiaries prior to the 
vesting date. However, if the employment ends by reason of injury, ill health, disability, redundancy, retirement, the sale of a 
participant’s employing company or the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the discretion of our 
Compensation Committee, unvested awards will vest on the original vesting date to the extent the performance condition has 
been met at such date. Alternatively, our Compensation Committee may determine that such award should vest on the date of 
cessation to the extent that the performance condition has been met at such date. In the case of death, an award will vest 
immediately to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date. Vested awards will be subject to time prorating 
based on the number of days the participant was employed during the vesting period, unless the Compensation Committee 
determines otherwise.

In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding up of the Company, subject to the discretion of our Compensation 
Committee to require roll-over, all unvested and outstanding awards will automatically vest, and awards granted in the form of 
an option shall be automatically exercised provided that any exercise price payable by the participant on exercise is no more 
than the offer price or consideration. 

On the vesting of an award that takes the form of an option, the participant may exercise the option during the period of 30 days 
following the vesting date, provided that if the award has vested due to a participant’s death or if the participant dies during the 
30-day period, the award may be exercised during the period of 12 months following the date of death. 

Employee Benefit Trusts 

The Company has established a Jersey trust and a United States trust (collectively, the “Trusts”) in connection with the 
obligation to satisfy historical and future share awards under certain of the Company Employee Share Plans and other historical 
share plans. The trustees of each of the Trusts have waived their rights to receive dividends on any shares held by them. As of 
July 31, 2022, the United States trust held 790,524 ordinary shares and the Jersey Trust held 55,967 ordinary shares and $1,006 
in cash. The number of shares held by the Trusts represented 0.36% of the Company’s issued share capital as of July 31, 2022. 

During fiscal 2022, 600,000 shares were acquired by the Trusts.

102
102

Executive Directors—Incentive Awards 

Awards under the LTIP were made on October 14, 2021. Awards under the LTIP are based on a percentage of annual base 
salary determined by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee considers the size of each grant on an 
annual basis, which is determined by individual performance, the ability of each individual to contribute to the achievement of 
the performance conditions, and market levels of compensation. The maximum vesting is 100% of the award granted. The 
scheme interests awarded during fiscal 2022 are summarized below.

Name
Directors
Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage

Award

Type of Award

Number of
Shares
(#)(1)

Option 
Expiration
Date

Face Value of
Award
($000)(2)(3)

LTIP
LTIP

Conditional awards
Conditional awards

28,719
11,449

n/a
n/a

4,045
1,612

(1) Kevin Murphy’s and Bill Brundage’s LTIP awards granted during fiscal 2022 were based on a percentage of annual base 

salary. Target awards were: Kevin Murphy 175% and Bill Brundage 125%. Maximum awards were: Kevin Murphy 350% 
and Bill Brundage 250%. 

(2) The share price used to calculate the face value of the LTIP share awards granted to each of Messrs. Murphy and Brundage 
on October 14, 2021 was $140.84. For both LTIP awards this was the average share price over a five dealing day period 
immediately preceding the date of grant. Both LTIP awards were conditional share awards, and there is no exercise price. 
Face value is calculated as the maximum number of shares at full vesting multiplied by either the share price at date of 
grant or the average share price used to determine the number of shares awarded. Dividend equivalents also accrue on the 
LTIP awards and the amount which may be due to an Executive Director is not included in the calculation of face value.
(3) The maximum dilution which may arise through issue of shares to satisfy the entitlement to these LTIP awards would be 

0.02% calculated as of July 31, 2022.

Executive Directors’ Employment Agreements 

The Executive Directors for fiscal 2022 have entered into employment agreements (the “Executive Director Employment 
Agreements”) with Ferguson Enterprises LLC, the terms of which are described below. 

Pursuant to the Executive Director Employment Agreements, Messrs. Murphy and Brundage are each entitled to receive an 
annual base salary and are eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus. The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in 
the benefit programs offered to senior executives (including short- and long-term disability, healthcare coverage and paid 
holidays) and the Ferguson Retirement Plans, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, 401(k) retirement savings plan, and 
any life insurance program offered to senior executives, as well as the Executive Physical Plan. The Executive Directors are 
also entitled to a car allowance or use of a company car in accordance with Company policy. The Executive Directors are 
eligible to receive grants of shares and/or options under the Company Employee Share Plans as described in the 
“Compensation” section above.

The Executive Director Employment Agreements are not for a fixed term, although each agreement is subject to immediate 
termination in the event of the applicable Executive Director’s termination for cause or resignation for good reason. Both of the 
Executive Directors are permitted to terminate the applicable Executive Director Employment Agreement by providing 12 
months’ prior written notice, unless the Executive Director resigns for good reason. In the event of the Executive Director’s 
resignation without good reason, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC may provide notice leave in lieu of allowing the Executive 
Director to perform services during the notice period.  In the event of a termination of employment due to death, the Executive 
Directors are entitled to receive a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination based on then-current projected Company 
performance to date for the number of days that the Executive Director was employed during the fiscal year (the “Pro-Rata 
Bonus”). In the event of a good leaver termination, subject to the Executive Director’s execution of a general release of claims, 
the Executive Directors are entitled to receive their respective annual base salary (i.e., 12 months) in effect at the time of the 
notice of termination plus the Pro-Rata Bonus, and the Executive Director and their dependents may be eligible for COBRA 
continuation coverage under the Company’s medical benefit plans following termination. In the event of a change in control, 
the Executive Directors may also be eligible for the benefits and protections set forth in the Company’s Change in Control 
Policy, as may be in effect from time to time. The Executive Directors are also bound by confidentiality, intellectual property, 
non-competition, non-interference, non-hire, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations.

103
103

Change in Control Policy 

In July 2022, the Compensation Committee approved the Change in Control Policy, in which certain individuals designated by 
the Board as “executive officers” are eligible to participate. Pursuant to the Change in Control Policy, participants may be 
entitled to receive the following additional separation benefits upon an involuntary termination of employment in connection 
with a change in control or within the 24 months following the effective date of a change in control: (i) accelerated vesting of 
the unvested portion of any stock options, stock awards, restricted shares, or performance shares, (ii) a lump sum cash payment 
equal to the sum of (x) the participant’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, prorated based on the number of days 
during the performance period that such participant was employed, divided by 365 days, and (y) three times (for the CEO) and 
two times (for all other participants) the sum of the participant’s base salary and target annual bonus for the year in which the 
termination date occurs (or, if no target has been set as of the termination date, the target annual cash incentive amount for the 
prior year), in each case, subject to the participant’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor 
of the Company. Additionally, if the acquiring entity does not assume the Company’s existing share plans following the change 
in control, then the remaining unvested portion of any stock options, stock awards, restricted shares, or performance shares held 
by the participants will accelerate and vest (without any proration for time) immediately prior to the effective date of the change 
in control. In the event of a participant’s death after becoming eligible for separation benefits pursuant to the Change in Control 
Policy and executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company, the separation benefits for which such participant is 
eligible under the Change in Control Policy will be paid to the participant’s estate. In the event of a participant’s death after 
becoming eligible for separation benefits pursuant to the Change in Control Policy but before such participant has executed a 
general release of claims in favor of the Company, no separation benefits for which such participant would have otherwise been 
eligible will be paid to the participant’s estate unless the participant’s estate executes a comparable release for and on behalf of 
the participant’s estate.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The table below shows the total number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) all those known 
by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group, as 
of September 12, 2022. 

The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is 
not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any 
shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power, or the right to receive the economic 
benefit of ownership, as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of September 12, 2022 
through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community 
property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power and the right to receive the economic 
benefit of ownership with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.

The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned is calculated on the basis of 209,756,022 ordinary shares outstanding as 
of September 12, 2022. Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of September 12, 2022 are deemed 
outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed 
outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, (i) each 
beneficial owner listed below has sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held and (ii) the address of each 
beneficial owner listed in the following table is c/o Ferguson plc, 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, 
Berkshire, RG41 5TS, United Kingdom. 

104
104

Name
Directors
Geoff Drabble
Kevin Murphy
Bill Brundage(1)
Alan Murray
Kelly Baker
Cathy Halligan
Brian May
Tom Schmitt
Nadia Shouraboura
Jacky Simmonds
Suzanne Wood

Total Directors and Executive Officers as a Group(2)

Greater Than 5% Beneficial Owners
BlackRock, Inc.(3)
Trian Fund Management, L.P.(4)
* Less than 1% of our outstanding shares.

Number of Ordinary 
Shares Beneficially Owned

Percentage of Ordinary 
Shares Outstanding 

4,983 
75,644 
31,579 
2,368 
351 
925 
750 
1,350 
— 
1,894 
500 

233,966 

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*

22,774,390 
11,391,981 

 10.9 %
 5.4 %

(1) Includes (1) 20,377 ordinary shares and (2) 11,202 ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of conditional shares awarded 

on October 17, 2019 pursuant to the Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019.

(2) Includes (1) 141,709 ordinary shares and (2) 92,257 ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of conditional shares 

awarded on October 17, 2019 pursuant to the Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019.

(3) Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed by BlackRock, Inc. with the SEC on April 8, 2022, BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
beneficially owned an aggregate of 22,774,390 ordinary shares as of March 31, 2022, and BlackRock, Inc. had sole voting 
power over 19,090,219 ordinary shares and sole dispositive power over 22,774,390 ordinary shares. The address for 
BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055. Ferguson plc has also received a TR-1 notification 
(Standard Form for Notification of Major Holdings, also referred to as Voting Rights Attached to Shares - Article 12(1) of 
Directive 2004/109/EC, Financial Instruments - Article 11(3) of the Commission Directive 2007/14/EC) pursuant to the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“Form TR-1”) from BlackRock, 
Inc. reporting a change in voting rights attached to Ferguson plc ordinary shares. That Form TR-1 reports that, as of May 
13, 2022, BlackRock, Inc. and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries held voting rights attached to 16,356,449 Ferguson 
plc ordinary shares. Because the “voting rights attached to shares” reported on Form TR-1 are not necessarily equivalent to 
“beneficial ownership” interests as defined under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, the table does not reflect the 
information reported in the Form TR-1.

(4) Based on the Schedule 13G filed by Trian Fund Management, L.P. with the SEC on April 13, 2022, each of Trian Fund 
Management, L.P., Trian Fund Management, GP LLC, Nelson Peltz, Peter W. May and Edward P. Garden beneficially 
owned an aggregate of, and had shared voting power and shared dispositive power over, 11,391,981 ordinary shares as of 
December 31, 2021. The principal business office address for each of Trian Fund Management, L.P. and Trian Fund 
Management, GP LLC is 280 Park Ave, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10017. The principal business address of each 
of Messrs. Peltz, May and Garden is 223 Sunset Avenue, Suite 223, Palm Beach, Florida 33480.

105

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table presents information as of July 31, 2022 about Ferguson’s equity compensation plans under which 
Ferguson’s ordinary shares have been authorized for issuance:

(a) Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

(b) Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

(c) Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a))

329,787(1)

1,499,100(2)
1,828,887 

$60.78 

0
$10.96 

—(3),(4)

—(5)
— 

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders

Total

(1)   175,906 of these shares were subject to share options outstanding under the Employee Share Purchase Plan 2021, 660 of 
these shares were subject to share options outstanding under the International Sharesave Plan 2011, 7,866 of these shares 
were subject to share options outstanding under the International Sharesave Plan 2019 and 145,355 of these shares were 
subject to share awards outstanding under the Long Term Incentive Plan 2019.

(2)   85 of these shares were subject to share awards outstanding under the Deferred Bonus Plan 2019, 160,113 of these shares 

were subject to share awards outstanding under the Ordinary Share Plan 2019 and 1,338,902 of these shares were subject to 
share awards outstanding under the Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019.

(3)  19,822,444 ordinary shares remain available for allotment under the rules of the Ferguson Group Employee Share Purchase 
Plan 2021. The plan provides for a limit of 20,000,000 ordinary shares that can be awarded under the plan subject to certain 
guidelines set forth in the plan that are consistent with the limits set forth as described in footnote (4). 

(4)  The Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2011, the Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2019 and the 

Ferguson Group Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 provide guidelines to determine the limitation of ordinary shares that can 
be granted under the Plans. The Plans determine that the Company cannot grant equity awards that would result in the 
issuance of ordinary shares that, when aggregated with awards issued and outstanding under all of the Company’s other 
equity plans, would exceed 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital (adjusted for share issuance and 
cancellation) in any rolling 10-year period. In addition, as applicable, the Company is committed to not issuing new shares 
or reissuing treasury shares to executives under its equity plans that, when aggregated with issued and outstanding awards 
held by executives under all of the Company’s other equity plans, would exceed 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) in any rolling 10-year period.

(5)  The Ferguson Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2019, the Ferguson Group Ordinary Share Plan 2019 and the Ferguson Group 
Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 each provides for the grant of equity awards without limitation on the number of 
ordinary shares that can be awarded under the subject plan. However, consistent with the treatment of the Company’s other 
equity plans, in granting equity awards under these plans the Company adheres to award limitations described in footnote 
(4). In addition, there are individual limits that apply and awards can only be satisfied with market purchased shares and so 
do not result in equity dilution for shareholders. See “Item 11, Executive Compensation—Compensation of Executive 
Directors/Senior Management—Employee Share Schemes,” for a description of the material features of the Ferguson 
Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2019, the Ferguson Group Ordinary Share Plan 2019 and the Ferguson Group Performance 
Ordinary Share Plan 2019.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Related Party Transactions

Described below are transactions with related parties in which the amounts involved exceeded $120,000 since the beginning of 
our last fiscal year, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Other than as 
described in this section, there were no transactions with related parties in fiscal 2022, and no transactions are currently 
proposed, that would require disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

106

106

 
 
 
 
Thomas Schmitt, an independent Non-Executive Director on our Board, also serves as the Chairman and CEO of Forward Air 
Corporation from which the Company purchases certain delivery, installation and related administrative services. During fiscal 
2022, the Company paid Forward Air Corporation $22.3 million for services provided to the Company. These services were 
purchased on an arm’s-length basis. This ongoing transaction is reviewed and approved in accordance with the Company’s 
related party transactions policy, and Mr. Schmitt did not participate in any discussions or votes relating to such transaction.

Robert Murphy, the father of our Chief Executive Officer, Kevin Murphy, is the lessor of a property leased by the Company in 
the ordinary course of its business. During fiscal 2022, the Company paid $168,000 to Robert Murphy for use of the property. 
The lease for the property was entered into on an arm’s-length basis and, as an ongoing transaction, was reviewed and approved 
in accordance with the Company’s related party transactions policy.

Policy and Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions 

The Board has adopted a written policy and procedures for review, approval, and monitoring of transactions involving the 
Company and related persons (including current executive officers and directors, or director nominees and persons who served 
in those roles at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year, greater than 5% shareholders of the Company, immediate 
family members of such persons, and related entities of such persons, including entities in which any of such persons is 
employed, is a general partner or principal or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest) (a 
“Related Party”). The policy covers any related person transaction in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be 
expected to exceed $120,000 in a fiscal year, (2) the Company or its controlled subsidiaries is or will be a participant, and (3) 
any Related Party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (any such transaction, a “Related Party Transaction”). 
The policy also covers any material amendment or modification to an existing Related Party Transaction. 

Policy:

Related Party Transactions must be reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee of the Board. In considering the 
transaction, the Audit Committee must consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to it related to the Related 
Party Transaction, including: whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the Company; 
whether the related party transaction was initiated by the Company or the Related Party; the purpose, and the potential benefits 
to the Company, of the Related Party Transaction; the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the Related Party is 
a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, shareholder (or equivalent) or 
executive officer; if there was a competitive bidding process and the results thereof; the availability of other sources for 
comparable products or services; the terms of the transaction; the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the 
Related Party Transaction, particularly as it relates to the Related Party; the importance, nature and extent of the interest 
(financial or otherwise) and involvement of the Related Party in the Related Party Transaction; whether the transaction with the 
Related Party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms that could have been 
reached with an unrelated third party or with employees generally; and any other information regarding the Related Party 
Transaction or the Related Party that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

Procedures:

Prior to entering into a transaction that may be a Related Party Transaction, the Related Party must report the transaction to the 
General Counsel. If the General Counsel determines that the proposed transaction may or would be a Related Party Transaction, 
the General Counsel must report the Related Party Transaction to the Audit Committee for approval at the next meeting of the 
Audit Committee. If the General Counsel determines that it is not appropriate to postpone review until the next Audit 
Committee meeting, the Chairperson of the Audit Committee may review and approve the Related Party Transaction. Any such 
approval must be reported to the Audit Committee at its next meeting. If a director is involved in the transaction, he or she will 
be recused from all discussions and decisions relating to the transaction. The Audit Committee may approve only those Related 
Party Transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, as the Audit 
Committee determines in good faith. If a Related Party Transaction will be ongoing, the Audit Committee may establish 
guidelines for the Company’s management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the Related Party. Thereafter, the Audit 
Committee shall review and assess any previously approved Related Party Transaction at least annually to ensure compliance 
with the established guidelines and that the Related Party Transaction remains in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests 
of the Company.

107

107

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by the categories specified below in connection with services rendered by 
Deloitte LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, for the periods indicated. We did not pay any other fees to our 
auditors during the periods indicated below.

(In millions)
Audit fees(1)
Audit-related fees(2)
Tax Fees
All other fees(3)
Total

For the Year Ended July 31,

2022

2021

$11.7   
0.5   
—   
0.3   
$12.5   

$7.4 
3.2 
— 
— 
$10.6 

(1) Audit fees include $9.1 million (2021: $3.2 million) for the audit of the Company and consolidated financial statements 

and $1.7 million (2021: $4.2 million) for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries.

(2) In fiscal 2022, audit-related fees principally relate to the Company’s interim reporting requirements, including the half year 

review. In fiscal 2021, audit-related fees principally related to the Company’s change to U.S. GAAP, registration with the 
SEC, implementation of a Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance framework and the Company’s half year review.

(3) All other fees in 2022 related to services in connection with the Company’s $1.0 billion bond offering in April 2022.

The policy of our Audit Committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by Deloitte LLP, our 
independent registered public accounting firm. All of the audit and non-audit services carried out in the years ended July 31, 
2022 and 2021 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Part IV

(1) Financial Statements:

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Ferguson plc and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm are included in this Annual Report under Item 8: 

•

•

•

•

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings, Comprehensive Income, Shareholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for the years 
ended July 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2022 and 2021.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

 All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Company’s audited 
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

108

108

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report.

3.1

4.1*

10.1

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on form 20-F, filed with the SEC on September 28, 2021).

Description of Ferguson plc share capital.

Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2020, among the Company and UK 
Holdings Limited (formerly Wolseley Limited) as original borrowers and original guarantors, the lenders and 
arrangers party thereto, and the agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s 20FR12B (File 
No. 001-39301), filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021).

Extension request, dated as of February 1, 2021, to the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated 
as of March 10, 2020, among the Company and UK Holdings Limited (formerly Wolseley Limited) as original 
borrowers and original guarantors, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent.

Letter Amendment, dated as of September 10, 2021, to the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, 
dated as of March 10, 2020, among the Company and UK Holdings Limited (formerly Wolseley Limited) as 
original borrowers and original guarantors, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent.

Revolving Facility Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2022, among the Company and Ferguson UK Holdings 
Limited as original borrowers and original guarantors and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, London Branch, 
as mandated lead arranger, and SMBC Bank International PLC, as existing agent. 

Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, 
among Ferguson plc, Ferguson Receivables, LLC as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC as servicer, the originators, 
the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative 
agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s 
20FR12B (File No. 001-39301), filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021). 

First Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson 
Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of 
credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto, and Wolseley plc.

Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of 
September 23, 2014, amending the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended, 
among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as 
conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-
administrative agent party each thereto, and Wolseley plc and the Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as 
of July 31, 2013, as amended, between Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc, as 
servicer, and the other originators party each thereto.
Third Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2014, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as 
seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed 
purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each 
thereto, and Wolseley plc.
Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of 
September 11, 2015, amending the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended, 
among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as 
conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-
administrative agent party each thereto, and Wolseley plc and the Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as 
of July 31, 2013, as amended, between Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc, as 
servicer, and the other originators party each thereto.

109

109

 
10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17*

10.18*

10.19

Second Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Purchase and Contribution Agreement, 
dated as of December 31, 2015, amending the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as 
amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the 
lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative 
agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto, and Wolseley plc and the Purchase and Contribution 
Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended, between Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson 
Enterprises, Inc, as servicer, and the other originators party each thereto.
Fifth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2016, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as 
seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed 
purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each 
thereto, and Wolseley plc.
Sixth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2017, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as 
seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed 
purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each 
thereto, and Ferguson plc (formerly Wolseley plc).
Seventh Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2018, amending the 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, 
LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and 
committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent 
party each thereto, and Ferguson plc (formerly Wolseley plc).

Eighth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Consent to Assignment by Parent, dated as of May 
10, 2019, amending the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, 
among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (formerly Ferguson Enterprises, Inc.), as 
servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, 
facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto, and Ferguson Holdings 
Limited, as assignor parent, and Ferguson plc, as assignee parent.

Ninth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2020, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as 
seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (formerly Ferguson Enterprises, Inc.), as servicer, the originators, the lenders as 
conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-
administrative agent party each thereto, and Ferguson plc (formerly Wolseley plc).
Tenth Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2020, amending the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as previously amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as 
seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (formerly Ferguson Enterprises Inc.), as servicer, the originators, the lenders as 
conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-
administrative agent party each thereto, and Ferguson plc (formerly Wolseley plc).
Omnibus Amendment and Consent, dated as of May 19, 2021, amending the Receivables Purchase Agreement, 
dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended, among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC 
(formerly Ferguson Enterprises Inc.), as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed 
purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each 
thereto, and Ferguson plc (formerly Wolseley plc) and the Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as of July 
31, 2013, as amended, between Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, Inc, as servicer, and 
the other originators party each thereto.
Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2021, amending the 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, 
among Ferguson plc, Ferguson Receivables, LLC as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (formerly Ferguson 
Enterprises Inc.) as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of 
credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto, and the Purchase 
and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended, supplemented or modified, between Ferguson 
Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, as seller and the originators party thereto.

Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, 
among Ferguson Enterprises, LLC and its various subsidiaries party thereto as originators and Ferguson 
Receivables, LLC as purchaser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Registrant’s 20FR12B (File No. 
001-39301), filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021). 

110

110

10.20+

10.21+

10.22+

10.23+

10.24+

10.25+

10.26+

10.27+

10.28+

21.1*

23.1*

24.1*

31.1*

31.2*

Ferguson Group Employee Share Purchase Plan 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Registrant’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2022). 

Ferguson Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 
S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group Employee Share Purchase Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s 
Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s 
Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Form S-8, 
filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the 
Registrant’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group International Sharesave Plan 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s 
Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

Ferguson Group Long Term Incentive Plan 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s 
Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

List of significant subsidiaries.

Consent of Deloitte LLP.

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document—this instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because 
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

*   Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
+  Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

The Registrant agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any instruments that define the rights of holders of long-
term debt of the Registrant that are not filed as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None.

111

111

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual 

Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

September 27, 2022

SIGNATURES

Ferguson plc

/s/ William Brundage

Name: William Brundage
Title:

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

112

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Kevin Murphy 
and William Brundage as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution for him or her in any and 
all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys and agents full power and authority to 
do any and all acts and things necessary or advisable in connection with such matters, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that the 
attorneys and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of September 27, 2022.

Name

/s/ Kevin Murphy
Kevin Murphy

/s/ William Brundage
William Brundage

/s/ Richard Winckler
Richard Winckler

/s/ Geoffrey Drabble
Geoffrey Drabble

/s/ Kelly Baker
Kelly Baker

/s/ Catherine Halligan
Catherine Halligan

/s/ Brian May
Brian May

/s/ Alan Murray
Alan Murray

/s/ Thomas Schmitt
Thomas Schmitt

/s/ Nadia Shouraboura
Nadia Shouraboura

/s/ Jacqueline Simmonds
Jacqueline Simmonds

/s/ Suzanne Wood
Suzanne Wood

Position

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

113

XI

Non-GAAP reconciliations
Management has added the following non-GAAP measures to this Annual Report and reconciled them below. See page 42 of Form 10-K for more 
information on management’s use of non-GAAP items.

($ millions)

Net Income

Loss (income) from discontinued operations (net of tax)

Income from continuing operations

Business restructurings(1)

Corporate restructurings(2)

Gain on disposal of business

Income/loss/impairment of equity method investments

Amortization of acquired intangibles

Gain on disposal of interests in associates and other investments

Discrete tax adjustments (3)

Tax impact on non–GAAP adjustments (4)

Adjusted net income

July 31,

 2021 

 $1,472 

 158 

 1,630 

 (11)

 22 

 – 

 – 

 131 

 – 

 (203)

 (51)

 2022 

 $2,122 

 (23)

 2,099 

 – 

 17 

 – 

 – 

 114 

 – 

 (72)

 (21)

 2020 

 $961 

 12 

 973 

 72 

 29 

 – 

 22 

 114 

 (7)

 (3)

 (56)

2019

 $1,122 

 (66)

 1,056 

 81 

 – 

 (38)

 9 

 110 

(3) 

 (33)

 (46)

 $2,137 

 $1,518 

 $1,144 

 $1,136 

Adjusted EPS – diluted (5)

Weighted average, diluted shares outstanding

 $9.76 

218.9

 $6.75 

224.8

 $5.04 

226.8

 $4.90 

231.9

(1)  For fiscal year 2021, business restructuring reflects the release of provisions in connection with previously anticipated COVID-19 cost actions recorded in fiscal 2020. For fiscal year 

2020, business restructuring principally comprised costs incurred in the United States and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business is appropriately sized for the 
post COVID-19 operating environment. In fiscal year 2019, business restructuring primarily comprised costs incurred in the USA and Canada in respect of their business transformation 
strategies and costs relating to the change in the Group corporate headquarters. 

(2) For fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, corporate restructuring costs primarily related to the incremental costs of the Company’s listing in the United States. 
(3)  In fiscal 2022, the discrete tax adjustments primarily relate to the release of uncertain tax positions following the closure of tax audits and prior year adjustments, including amended 

tax return items. In fiscal 2021, the discrete tax adjustments primarily relate to the release of uncertain tax positions following the closure of tax audits, as well as the impact of changes 
in tax rates. In fiscal 2020, the discrete tax adjustments relate primarily to changes in tax rates. In fiscal 2019, the discrete tax adjustments primarily relate to the release of uncertain 
tax positions. 

(4) Represents the tax impact of non–GAAP adjustments, primarily the tax impact on the amortization of acquired intangibles.
(5) Adjusted EPS - diluted is defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted average diluted shares outstanding. Adjusted net income is defined as net income from continuing 

operations before amortization of acquired intangible assets (net of tax) and certain other non-GAAP adjustments (net of tax), as well as before certain discrete, non-recurring tax items. 

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build better 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XII

Non-GAAP reconciliations continued

US$ (in millions)

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

July 31,

Net income
(Income) loss, discontinued operations (net of tax)
Provision for income taxes
Interest expense, net
Other (income) loss
Business restructurings(1)
Corporate restructurings(2)
Gain on disposal of business
Adjusted EBIT(3)

Amortization of acquired intangibles

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation, amortization and impairment

Adjusted EBITDA

Net debt:
Long-term debt
Short-term debt (4)
Derivatives (assets) liabilities
Cash
Net debt
Net debt : Adjusted EBITDA

Shareholders’ equity
Net assets held for sale

Average capital employed(5):

Average net debt(6)
Average shareholders’ equity(6)
Average net assets held for sale(6)

Average capital employed
Return on capital employed (ROCE)(7)

 $1,273 
 (431)
 340 
 41 
 120 
 12 
–
 – 
 $1,355 
 65 
 $1,420 
 140 
 $1,560

 $2,122 
 (23)
 609 
 111 
 1 
–
 17 
–
 $2,837 
 114 
 $2,951 
 202 
 $3,153 

 $3,679 
 282 
 4 
 (771)
 $3,194 
1.0x

 $1,472 
 158 
 232 
 98 
 (10)
 (11)
 22 
–
 $1,961 
 131 
 $2,092 
 167 
 $2,259 

 $2,512 
 36 
 (21)
 (1,335)
 $1,192 
0.5x

 $961 
 12 
 299 
 93 
 7 
 72 
 29 
– 
 $1,473 
 114 
 $1,587 
 168 
 $1,755 

 $2,617 
 531 
 (39)
 (2,115)
 $994 
0.6x

 $4,665 
–

 $5,003 
–

 $4,609 
 433 

 $2,193 
 $4,834 
 $– 
 $7,027 
40.4%

 $1,093 
 $4,806 
 $(217)
 $5,683 
34.5%

 $1,073 
 $4,508 
 $(417)
 $5,165 
28.5%

 $1,122 
 (66)
 254 
 72 
 4 
 81 
 – 
 (38)
 $1,429 
 110 
 $1,539 
 150 
 $1,689 

 $2,282 
 25 
(22)
 (1,133)
 $1,152 
0.7x

 $4,407 
 400 

 $1,077 
 $4,249
 $(468)
 $4,857 
29.4%

(1)  For fiscal year 2021, business restructuring reflects the release of provisions in connection with previously anticipated COVID-19 cost actions recorded in fiscal year 2020. For fiscal 
year 2020, business restructuring principally comprised costs incurred in the United States and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business is appropriately 
sized for the post COVID-19 operating environment. In fiscal year 2019, business restructuring primarily comprised costs incurred in the USA and Canada in respect of their business 
transformation strategies and costs relating to the change in the Group corporate headquarters.

(2) For fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, corporate restructuring costs primarily related to the incremental costs of the Company’s listing in the United States.
(3) Adjusted EBIT is defined as operating profit from continuing operations excluding certain non recurring items (non-GAAP adjustments) and including impact of acquisition related 

intangible amortization 

(4) Includes bank overdrafts of $32 million and $36 million in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively. Bank overdrafts are included in other current liabilities in the Company’s 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(5) Management employs the following averaging method: beginning balance plus ending balance divided by two.
(6) Net debt, shareholders’ equity and net assets held for sale in fiscal year 2018 were $1,000 million, $4,091 million and $536 million, respectively.

(7) ROCE is defined as adjusted EBIT divided by the average capital employed.

Summary of organic revenue growth

Management evaluates organic revenue growth as it provides a consistent measure of the change in revenue year-on-year. Organic revenue growth is 
determined as the growth in total reported revenue excluding the growth (or decline) attributable to currency exchange rate fluctuations, trading days, 
acquisitions and disposals, divided by the preceding financial year’s revenue at the current year’s exchange rates.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build better 
XIII

Led by a highly experienced team.

Board of Directors

Geoff Drabble
Chairman

Kevin Murphy
Chief Executive Officer

Bill Brundage
Chief Financial Officer

Kelly Baker
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Cathy Halligan
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Brian May
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

M N

C

N C

A N C

A M N

Alan Murray
Independent  
Non-Executive Director 
Employment 
Engagement Director

Tom Schmitt
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Nadia Shouraboura
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Jacky Simmonds*
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Suzanne Wood
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Graham Middlemiss
Company Secretary

A

N C

N C

 MC

A

Executive Officers

Kevin Murphy
Chief Executive Officer

Bill Brundage
Chief Financial Officer

Jim Cross
Senior Vice President

Ian Graham
General Counsel

Michael Jacobs
Senior Vice President

Victoria Morrissey
Chief Marketing Officer

Jake Schlicher
Senior Vice President

Bill Thees 
Senior Vice President

Garland Williams
Senior Vice President

Sammie Long
Chief Human 
Resources Officer

Key to Board  
Committee  
membership

A   Audit

N   Nominations 

and Governance

M    Major Announcements

C   Compensation

   Committee Chair

Learn more about our leadership at our website.

*   Jacky Simmonds will step down as a Non-Executive Director at the 2022 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). Subject to re-election at the AGM, Kelly Baker will become the Chair 

of the Compensation Committee after the AGM in succession to Ms. Simmonds. Also as part of the Board’s long term succession planning, and subject to re-election at the AGM, 
Suzanne Wood will succeed Alan Murray and become the Chair of the Audit Committee after the AGM. Subject to re-election at the AGM, Mr. Murray will remain a member of the Audit 
Committee and has taken over as Chair of the Nominations & Governance Committee.

Ferguson Annual Report 2022Together we build better 
Forward-looking statements
See “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary” and “Part I—Item 1A. 
Risk Factors” of this Annual Report for a description of the various risks and uncertainties 
that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by 
our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report. 

Market and industry data
The information in this Annual Report that has been sourced from third parties has 
been accurately reproduced and, as far as we are aware and able to ascertain from the 
information published by that third-party, no facts have been omitted that would render the 
reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. Industry publications generally state that 
their information is obtained from sources they believe reliable but that the accuracy and 
completeness of such information is not guaranteed and that the projections they contain 
are based on a number of significant assumptions.

Trademarks
All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this Annual Report are 
the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and 
trade names in this Annual Report are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such 
references should not be construed as any indication that their respective owners will not 
assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend to 
use or display other companies’ trademarks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or 
endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Credits
Design and production: Radley Yeldar  
www.ry.com 

Paper
This year’s report is printed on paper that is both FSC® Certified  
and Carbon Balanced by the World Land Trust™. The paper is also 
fully biodegradable and recyclable.

Printing
This publication is printed in the USA by Spire and the paper  
is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust.

Balancing is delivered by World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the  
purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.

Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance,  
carbon is locked in that would otherwise be released.

CBP00019082504183028

Ferguson plc

Registered Office 
13 Castle Street 
St Helier 
Jersey  
JE1 1ES 
Channel Islands

Registration No. 128484 Jersey

Corporate Headquarters 
and Group Services Office
1020 Eskdale Road  
Winnersh Triangle 
Wokingham RG41 5TS 
Telephone +44 (0) 118 927 3800 

Ferguson plc is registered in the UK 
as Ferguson Group Holdings,  
United Kingdom Establishment 
No. BR021199

Company contacts
Investor relations (investor@fergusonplc.com) 
Brian Lantz 
Vice President IR and Communications

Legal Counsel
Carey Olsen Jersey LLP 
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP 
Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Pete Kennedy 
Director Investor Relations

Company secretariat 
Graham Middlemiss  
Company Secretary

Company advisers
Auditor
Deloitte LLP

Transfer Agent, Registrar and Dividend 
Disbursing Agent
Registrar Computershare Trust Company N.A. 
150 Royall St., Suite 101 
Canton, MA 02021 
United States 
Telephone (U.K.) 0370 703 6203 
Telephone (Inside U.S. and Canada) +1 866 
742 1064 
Telephone (Outside U.K., U.S. and Canada) +1 781 
575 3023

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of shareholders  
will take place on November 30, 2022.  
Visit www.fergusonplc.com for details.

About Ferguson
Ferguson plc (NYSE: FERG; LSE: FERG) is a 
leading value-added distributor in North America 
providing expertise, solutions and products from 
infrastructure, plumbing and appliances to HVAC, 
fire, fabrication and more. We exist to make our 
customers’ complex projects simple, successful and 
sustainable. Ferguson is headquartered in the U.K., 
with its operations and associates solely focused 
on North America and managed from Newport 
News, Virginia. For more information, please visit: 
www.fergusonplc.com

Follow us on LinkedIn:

https://www.linkedin.com/company/
ferguson-enterprises/